Featured

What Makes AvantStay Different?

Welcome to AvantStay! We believe you deserve so much more than an ordinary short-term vacation rental experience. But what makes AvantStay different? We’re all about what you can dream. Every travel experience should be one-of-a-kind, delightful, and stress-free. We shine with our attention to detail, commitment to customer service, hotel-quality amenities, and upgrades and experiences that help ensure every stay with us is more memorable than the last. In choosing us, you’re not just choosing another short-term rental company—you’re choosing an elevated experience.

Homes Catered To Groups

AvantStay home catered to groups for vacation rental

We have homes of all types, but most of our homes are best experienced with friends and family. Large We have homes of all types, but most of our homes are best experienced with friends and family. Large dining areas, state-of-the-art kitchens, and yards great for gatherings make getting together with all your loved ones a breeze. Plus, plenty of bedrooms (many with their own bathrooms) means no one’s sleeping on the couch this time.

An Elevated Experience

AvantStay dedicated concierges on vacation rental

With luxurious upgrades and experiences available at the touch of a button, you can let your imagination run wild when it comes to trip activities. To start, our app gives you front-row access to services you would expect at a five-star hotel — in-room massages, mid-stay cleanings, and private transportation. But, when you stay with us, the sky’s the limit! From booking a private chef to prepare dinner for the family, to pre-stocking your fridge with groceries before you arrive, the AvantStay app makes it easier than ever to make your vacation dreams a reality.

Award-Winning Design

AvantStay's interior design is custom for every home

As travelers ourselves, we know how crucial the interior design of a home can be when planning the vacation of your dreams. We’ve actually built an in-house interior design team. And it’s not just any interior design team—they’ve actually won awards for it, including best design from Marriott Homes & Villas in 2021. We make sure our homes match the vibe of your trip, whether it be on the coast or in the woods, so you’re fully immersed in the magic of your vacation. 

Our homes are also decked out with amenities, so you’ll never be sitting around wondering what to do next. From cornhole to board games, from billiards to the hot tub, we believe fun comes in all shapes and sizes and is best experienced with your loved ones. The amenities for each home are different (our estates collection has some truly awe-inspiring ones), but we can promise that you will never be bored. 

Customer Service By Humans, For Humans

Firepit at AvantStay's Buena Vista property

Our dedicated area managers are here to make sure your experience is delightful. We also have team members available 24/7, so even if you need something in the middle of the night, we’re there to help. That way, you aren’t at the whim of the homeowner’s availability and you won’t get a computer trying to help you in a crisis. We want every aspect of your experience to be as relaxing as possible, because that’s why you go on vacation in the first place.

Happy Homeowners

Woman lounging at an AvantStay property

On top of the personal relationship we keep with our guests, we also take deep care and thoughtful steps to ensure our homeowners feel proud and reassured when their property is in our hands. 

We pride ourselves on:

  • Best-in-class in-field operations
  • Smart-home technology to keep our homes and guests safe
  • Complimentary updated interior design
  • A proprietary software platform that manages it all and keeps homeowners informed

We care for these homes as though they were our own (some are even employee-owned), and we continue to build and grow sustainably to build value for our homeowners. If you’re interested in partnering with us, you can learn more about our Vacation Rental Management. 

While most of our properties are homes designed for group travel as mentioned above, we also have cozier rentals and even boutique hotels, because sometimes you just want to get away without the crowd. Most importantly, we’re ever-growing to fit the needs of the modern-day traveler, meaning we’re adding new properties in new destinations all the time. 

So, where will you go next?

18 Best Restaurants in Coachella Valley

Located in California’s northern Riverside county, Coachella Valley has some of the best eating establishments in California. With growing popularity due to music festivals, film festivals, and sporting events, resort cities like Rancho Mirage, La Quinta, and Palm Springs are home to some of the best food California has to offer.  

Our list of the best restaurants in Coachella Valley will help you find dishes certain to please any palate. From sleepy patio breakfasts to happy hour appetizers and elegant entrees prepared by executive chefs, read on to see what culinary delights await.

Sloan’s 

Located in Indio, California, this popular American-style eatery serves comfort food in hearty portions. Their specialties include traditional french toast, honey-dipped fried chicken, and the popular ribeye dinner with made-to-order onion rings. Breakfast is served at 7 a.m., with an early dinner finishing the day by 8 p.m.; takeout is available for those who want to dine on the go.

Sloan’s in Coachella Valley

The Vintage Coffee House 

This quaint, locally owned coffee shop can be found on Jefferson Street in Indio, not far from the golf courses and polo club. Delicious handcrafted coffee and tea drinks decorate the menu with an enticing array of pastries, snacks, and sandwiches. Consistently high ratings and reviews give this spot a definite thumbs up. Open 6 a.m.- 4 p.m. daily. 

Taco Shop 760 

No list of the best restaurants in Coachella Valley would be complete without this locally owned and operated gem that uses fresh ingredients from the surrounding area. Open from 8 a.m.- 9 p.m., you’re able to enjoy authentic Mexican food and drinks from sunup to sundown. Can you say, “tacos for breakfast?!”. The original location is off of Highway 111 in Indio, however, due to its popularity, two more locations are available to enjoy –  46490 Calhoun St in Indio (yes, this one is inside a convenience store/butcher shop) and 48975 Grapefruit Blvd in Coachella. 

The Cantina 

Located at the stunning El Dorado Polo Club in Indio, this restaurant offers American and Mexican dishes enjoyed on an outdoor patio that delivers one of the most exquisite and unique dining experiences in the Coachella Valley. 

Whether watching the polo action or enjoying the breathtaking mountain view from the field-side outdoor seating and bar, the menu offers a variety of drool-worthy, sharable small plates, salads, sandwiches, and specialty cocktails. Make sure to check when it’s open as operating hours depend on the season. 

Food Dept 

While not technically a restaurant, we had to include this idea. The Food Dept is the place to go for a customized, one-of-a-kind dining experience while staying in the Coachella Valley. Chef Stephen Lee, known for his appearance on FOX’s MasterChef, Season 6, crafts a menu to suit any occasion, from a simple picnic, a weekend brunch, or an evening of formality. 

Based in Palm Springs, Food Dept will travel to your residence or location for an incredible, curated experience that will leave you wanting more. 

Chez Pierre Bistro 

Located in Palm Desert, Chez Pierre Bistro offers authentic French fine dining in the desert. With an eclectic menu and extensive wine list, the reviews and ratings all point towards a 5-star memory.  

We recommend reservations, as the wait time can be lengthy due to the popularity of this restaurant by locals and travelers alike. Open from 5- 9:30 p.m. daily.

Il Giardino 

The greater Palm Springs area, home to Leonardo DiCaprio, offers exhilarating vibes and an enticingly beautiful landscape that provides an unforgettable backdrop to some of the best restaurants in Coachella Valley. 

Il Giardino’s authentic, homemade offerings are prepared by Italian chefs who pay extra attention to taste and presentation. From an afternoon snack to a full dinner complete with wine and dessert, Il Giardino’s dining room is open from 5-9:00 p.m., Monday through Saturday, and closed on Sundays. 

Eddie V’s 

Touted as an excellent seafood restaurant in Palm Desert, Eddie V’s also has the reputation of being a delectable steakhouse, serving some of the most highly rated steaks in the area. Fresh seafood and hand-cut steaks are only some of the menu’s highlights. 

Mini filet mignon sandwiches are available daily during Happy Hour, and gluten-free options are listed from appetizers through full meals. Open daily at 4:00 p.m., dinner ends at 10:00 p.m., except Fridays when hours extend until 11:00 p.m. 

Farm 

Don’t let the name or the rooster fool you. This lovely Palm Springs eatery brings the flavor of Southern France right to your table. Locally sourced and made fresh daily, the menu changes frequently and has offerings such as crepes, french press coffee, and Croque Madame for early-hour diners. 

Dinner is prix fixe with selections such as seared crab cakes, duck cassoulet, and a vast array of signature cocktails. Open from 8:00 a.m.- 2:00 p.m. for the best breakfast and lunch, the restaurant reopens from 5:30- 9:30 p.m. for dinner.

Le Vallauris 

Housed in a downtown Palm Springs historical building, this classic French restaurant offers dining alfresco for a romantic setting both indoors and out. Chef Jean-Paul Lair prepares dishes around a whiteboard á la carte menu, a three-course prix fixe dinner, or a Gourmet prix fixe option. The menus change every Thursday. 

The wine selection is excellent, and selections will pair perfectly with any meal. Open daily from 5- 9:00 p.m., with special Sunday brunch hours from 11:00 a.m.- 2:00 p.m. 

Le Vallauris in Coachella Valley

IW Coffee 

This Indian Wells spot serves coffee made from small batches of locally roasted beans from Joshua Tree Coffee Company. Specialty coffee drinks, teas, pastries, bagels, and their ever-popular avocado toast highlight the menu with friendly service that will leave you smiling. 

Gluten-free options and sugar-free options are available, as well as cozy indoor and outdoor seating. Open daily from 6:30 a.m.- 5:00 p.m.

IW Coffee in Coachella Valley

Workshop Kitchen & Bar 

The Palm Springs location mirrors its sister location in Los Angeles. Owned by Chef Michael Beckman, Chef de Cuisine Beren Ekine-Huett, and Sous Chef Matt Berman, they specialize in an exotic mix of dishes from small plate appetizers to a dry-aged 18 oz ribeye dinner for two. 

The bar is a true adventure in creativity, and foodies will rave about this James Beard awarding winning restaurant. Workshop Kitchen and Bar is open from 5- 10:00 p.m. daily. 

Wilma & Frieda 

Voted the best breakfast, brunch, and farm-to-table menu over multiple years is this delightful restaurant named after two grandmothers. 

The menu explores comfort food with a twist, and features items like a short rib scramble and  blackberry custard french toast. With locations in Palm Springs and Desert Springs on the Gardens on El Paseo, Wilma & Frieda is open daily from 8:00 a.m.- 2:00 p.m., while its Palm Springs location has dinner hours Thursday through Saturday from 5- 9:00 p.m.  

Soul of Mexico 

Ready for the best margaritas in the Coachella Valley? Then you’ve come to the right place. Located off of Jefferson Ave in Indio, this locally owned and operated spot adds taste and authentic flair to their menu items with selections such as a trash burrito (a little bit of everything!), enchiladas, a kid’s menu for the smaller guests, and fried ice cream to finish the night.   

Locally owned and operated, the staff Remember to try their Tamarindo Margarita or a Soul-Strong Margarita. Open daily from 11:00 a.m.- 9:00 p.m. 

Soul of Mexico in Coachella Valley

Pho Vu Restaurant 

If pho is what you’re craving, then look no further. Located in La Quinta, this casual dining atmosphere offers dine-in or takeout options, including pho (noodle soup), bun (vermicelli bowls), bahn mi (sandwiches), com dia (rice plates), and other Vietnamese specialties. Known for its friendly service, this gem always hits the spot. Open daily from 11:00 a.m.- 9:00 p.m. 

Kennedy’s Store & Deli 

Follow the locals! This La Quinta spot is easy to miss in a location with bountiful places for Mexican food. However, don’t ignore this taco stand. 

There is no seating, but don’t let that deter you from grabbing an order for an impromptu picnic in the beautiful area surrounding La Quinta. Where else can you find a shrimp and octopus cocktail, a cold beer, tamales, burritos, and freshly made-to-order tacos ready in a snap?! Answer: Nowhere! 

Open from 6:00 a.m.- 7:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday and 8:00 a.m.- 5:00 p.m. on Sunday. 

Copley’s on Palm Canyon 

Featured on OpenTable’s top 100 list for outdoor dining restaurants, Chef Copley defines their menu flavors as upscale American cuisine with nuances borrowed from Europe and the Tropics. 

Situated in a lovely cottage formerly owned by Cary Grant, this stellar restaurant offers unrivaled outdoor seating perfect for any size dinner party. Because it’s only open for three hours a day (5:30- 8:30 p.m.), reservations are highly recommended. 

Copley’s on Palm Canyon 

Raspados Esmereldas 

Every list needs a dessert shop, and this one is no different. This sweet treat restaurant is located in Indio and operated by a husband and wife team. It has an incredible flavor selection of raspados made with fresh fruits and local ingredients, perfect for cooling off during those hot weather days. 

You can swing by after dining at one of the other restaurants on this list, or you can make a whole meal out of dessert! 

With a reputation for welcoming service, scrupulously clean conditions, and raspados that cannot be beaten, they are open daily from 11:00 a.m.- 9:00 p.m.

Final Thoughts

With endless culinary possibilities, the Coachella Valley clearly offers some of the best in California cuisine. From freshly brewed coffee companies to comfort food cafes and James Beard award winning eateries to innovative Mexican fare, we’re certain you’ll find your next favorite on our list. Your palate will thank you. 

Planning a trip and not sure where to stay? Be sure to check out our plentiful selection of Coachella Valley vacation rentals.

The Best Time to Visit Los Angeles

Step into the heart of entertainment where your dreams become a reality. Los Angeles is where Hollywood glamour, beachside relaxation, and world-class museums showcase incredible art and the spirit of creativity. 

Flowing through every neighborhood from Venice Beach to Beverly Hills, Los Angeles, and the greater Southern California region presents an extraordinary and sophisticated destination for the perfect California vibes.

This metropolis transforms throughout the year, offering visitors diverse experiences based on when they choose to explore its countless attractions. And each season brings unique advantages to this City of Angels, from award season glamour to perfect beach weather. 

If you’re looking to add Hollywood studios tours, world-class shopping, or simply soaking up the California sunshine to your travel itinerary, here’s your complete guide to choosing the best time to visit Los Angeles and creating your ultimate city escape.

We’ll show you what each season is like in LA, what the weather’s like for each month, cool events happening, and fun things to do. Plus, we’ll help you find the perfect place to stay!

About Los Angeles, CA

Los Angeles is huge! It’s the entertainment capital of the world and home to Hollywood, amazing beaches, and more than 400 different neighborhoods. Each area has its own personality. The city has different weather in different places – it’s cooler near the ocean and warmer inland.

LA has warm, dry summers and mild, wet winters. Temperatures usually stay between 48°F and 85°F. It almost never gets below 42°F or above 93°F. Los Angeles gets sunshine 263 days a year, which makes it perfect for being outside almost anytime.

Los Angeles Travel Seasons at a Glance

Understanding LA’s seasonal rhythms can help you plan the perfect urban adventure. Here’s when LA gets busy and when it’s quieter.

Busy Times: June to August and December

Summer brings the most people because families are on vacation and the beach weather is perfect. Hotels cost more, and attractions are crowded. Most people visit from mid-June to mid-August when it’s warmest. December is also busy because of holidays and award shows.

Good Times: March to May and September to November

These months have nice weather and cleaner air, plus way fewer crowds. Travel experts say these are the best times to visit LA. Spring has pretty flowers blooming, and fall has great weather with fewer tourists.

Quiet Times: January to February

Winter months are the quietest, with the best hotel deals and smallest crowds. Some attractions might have shorter hours, though. It’s usually pretty quiet except for holiday weeks and weekends.

Why Visit Los Angeles?

LA is way more than just Hollywood and celebrities. This huge city offers amazing experiences that mix movie magic with real California life. You can visit world-famous museums like LACMA and the Getty Center, or hit the beach anywhere from Malibu to Manhattan Beach.

You can tour movie studios like Universal and Warner Bros, or watch TV shows being filmed live. Shopping ranges from super expensive Rodeo Drive to fun Venice Beach vendors. The food scene is incredible – everything from food trucks to fancy restaurants.

LA has people from all over the world. You can visit Koreatown, Little Tokyo, and Olvera Street for authentic food and culture. The city loves outdoor living with hiking trails in Griffith Park, beach activities, and rooftop hangouts with amazing city views.

The weather is almost always nice, so there are outdoor concerts, farmers’ markets, and street festivals happening all year long.

Your Month-by-Month Guide to Los Angeles

  • Los Angeles in January: Cool winter weather, fewest people, award season starts
  • Los Angeles in February: Nice temperatures, still quiet, Grammy and Oscar prep
  • Los Angeles in March: Spring weather starts, flowers bloom, and more people come
  • Los Angeles in April: Perfect temperatures, great hiking weather, ideal time to visit
  • Los Angeles in May: Warm, nice days, last month before summer crowds, beautiful weather
  • Los Angeles in June: Summer starts, beach season begins, more visitors
  • Los Angeles in July: Hottest weather, most crowded, longest sunny days
  • Los Angeles in August: Still hot, busy summer season, perfect beach weather
  • Los Angeles in September: Great weather returns, fewer crowds, ideal time
  • Los Angeles in October: Perfect fall temperatures, Halloween fun, awesome weather
  • Los Angeles in November: Comfortable weather, holiday prep, beautiful days
  • Los Angeles in December: Cool winter weather, holiday events, award season is coming

When Is the Best Time to Visit Los Angeles?

The best time to visit Los Angeles is March through May and September through November. Temperatures are between the 50s and 80s, which makes walking around and visiting outdoor places really comfortable. You get great weather, not too many crowds, and good conditions for everything you want to do.

These shoulder seasons give you lots of benefits like fewer crowds, cheaper hotels and flights, and better travel experiences overall.

Visiting in Spring (March to May)

Spring is when LA looks its best. The city wakes up from winter with perfect weather and flowers blooming everywhere. Daily highs are around 75°F, lows rarely go below 45°F, and it barely rains.

This is perfect weather for exploring LA’s outdoor attractions, from hiking in Griffith Park to hanging out at the beach. The nice temperatures make spring great for walking tours, eating outside, and rooftop experiences without the crazy summer heat.

Los Angeles Weather in Spring

  • March: 50°F (low) / 72°F (high) | Rain: 2.4 inches
  • April: 54°F (low) / 75°F (high) | Rain: 1.0 inch
  • May: 59°F (low) / 78°F (high) | Rain: 0.3 inches

Things to Do in Los Angeles During Spring

Spring weather makes everything in LA more fun. Beach weather becomes perfect, and hiking trails are great without the summer heat. Theme parks and outdoor places are ideal for visiting with manageable crowds.

The nice temperatures make spring perfect for checking out different areas like Downtown LA, Beverly Hills, and Santa Monica. Spring evenings are great for rooftop dining, outdoor concerts, and watching sunsets at the beach.

Los Angeles Events in Spring

  • Oscar Season (February-March) – Academy Awards ceremony and parties
  • LA Times Festival of Books (April) – Huge book celebration at USC
  • Fiesta Broadway (April) – Cinco de Mayo celebration on Broadway
  • Cherry Blossom Festival (March-April) – Japanese culture celebration in Little Tokyo

Local Eats in Los Angeles During Spring

Spring has perfect weather for eating outside all over LA’s different neighborhoods. Restaurant patios have great city views, and food truck festivals happen because of the nice weather. The comfortable temperatures make it perfect for trying LA’s amazing food scene, from Korean BBQ to Mexican street food.

Los Angeles Travel Tips During Spring

Spring brings lots of visitors, so book hotels and popular attractions early. Pack layers because it can be different temperatures near the beach versus inland. This is a great time for first-time visitors to experience everything LA has to offer.

Visiting in Summer (June to August)

Summer has perfect beach weather with highs in the lower 80s and lows in the lower 60s. It basically doesn’t rain at all in July and August. This season is perfect for beach activities, and you get the most daylight hours for sightseeing.

Summer gives you the best beach weather and outdoor concerts, but it also brings the most crowds and the highest hotel prices. You get long days and consistently great weather for outdoor activities.

Los Angeles Weather in Summer

  • June: 62°F (low) / 82°F (high) | Rain: 0.1 inches
  • July: 66°F (low) / 85°F (high) | Rain: 0.0 inches
  • August: 66°F (low) / 85°F (high) | Rain: 0.1 inches

Things to Do in Los Angeles During Summer

Summer activities focus on LA’s incredible beaches and outdoor entertainment. Beach conditions are perfect from Malibu to Manhattan Beach. Outdoor concerts and festivals take advantage of clear skies. Theme parks stay open longer, and rooftop places offer perfect evening experiences.

The dry weather is great for hiking, and coastal areas stay cooler because of ocean breezes. Summer’s long days let you pack in beach time, cultural attractions, and evening entertainment.

Los Angeles Events in Summer

  • Hollywood Bowl Season (June-September) – Outdoor concerts under the stars
  • Sunset Strip Music Festival (August) – Street festival celebrating music history
  • LA County Fair (August-September) – Traditional county fair in Pomona
  • Beach Volleyball Tournaments (June-August) – Professional competitions along the coast

Local Eats in Los Angeles During Summer

Summer dining focuses on fresh, light food perfect for warm weather. Beachside restaurants have ocean views, and rooftop dining shows off city views. Food truck gatherings and outdoor markets do great during summer’s perfect weather.

Los Angeles Travel Tips During Summer

Summer requires booking hotels and popular attractions early because of high demand. Pack sunscreen and light layers for coastal weather changes. Try doing popular attractions early in the morning to avoid crowds and heat.

Visiting in Fall (September to November)

Fall is an awesome time to visit Los Angeles, especially September through November. The weather is pleasant with comfortable temperatures, cleaner air, and fewer crowds. This season has some of LA’s most perfect conditions with great weather and fewer tourists.

Fall keeps comfortable temperatures perfect for all outdoor activities, while the air gets cleaner as summer heat goes away. The season offers great value with manageable crowds and beautiful weather for exploring the city.

Los Angeles Weather in Fall

  • September: 64°F (low) / 85°F (high) | Rain: 0.2 inches
  • October: 58°F (low) / 79°F (high) | Rain: 0.6 inches
  • November: 52°F (low) / 73°F (high) | Rain: 1.1 inches

Things to Do in Los Angeles During Fall

Fall has great conditions for all LA activities. Beach weather stays comfortable, and hiking becomes more pleasant as temperatures cool down. Cultural attractions and museums are perfect for visiting without summer crowds.

The stable weather makes fall perfect for exploring neighborhoods, from Hollywood walking tours to Beverly Hills shopping. Fall evenings are perfect for outdoor dining and rooftop experiences with stunning city views.

Los Angeles Events in Fall

  • Halloween Celebrations (October) – West Hollywood Halloween Carnival and themed events
  • Day of the Dead (November) – Cultural celebrations in Latino neighborhoods
  • LA Auto Show (November) – Major car show at the Convention Center
  • Film Festival Season (October-November) – Various independent film festivals

Local Eats in Los Angeles During Fall

Fall dining shows off seasonal ingredients and comfortable outdoor dining weather. Restaurant patios have perfect conditions, and farmers’ markets feature seasonal produce. The pleasant weather makes it easy to explore restaurants throughout LA’s diverse neighborhoods.

Los Angeles Travel Tips During Fall

Fall offers great weather and crowd balance with manageable visitor levels. Pack light layers for temperature differences between coastal and inland areas. Take advantage of shoulder season pricing and less crowded attractions during this ideal time.

Visiting in Winter (December to February)

Winter brings mild conditions with average temperatures of 48°F to 68°F. The city stays mostly dry but has a rainy season with some precipitation. This season offers unique experiences like award shows and holiday celebrations throughout the city.

Winter has comfortable temperatures for visitors and locals, with clear, crisp days perfect for sightseeing and outdoor activities. The season offers great value with smaller crowds and lower hotel rates.

Los Angeles Weather in Winter

  • December: 48°F (low) / 68°F (high) | Rain: 2.3 inches
  • January: 48°F (low) / 68°F (high) | Rain: 3.1 inches
  • February: 50°F (low) / 70°F (high) | Rain: 3.0 inches

Things to Do in Los Angeles During Winter

Winter activities take advantage of mild temperatures and clear air. Cultural attractions become especially appealing, and hiking trails offer great conditions without summer heat. Beach activities are still possible with comfortable daytime temperatures.

The comfortable conditions make winter perfect for exploring museums, shopping areas, and cultural neighborhoods. Winter evenings are cozy for indoor entertainment and dining experiences.

Los Angeles Events in Winter

  • Rose Parade (January 1) – New Year’s Day tradition in Pasadena
  • Golden Globes (January) – Major Hollywood awards ceremony
  • Academy Awards (February-March) – Hollywood’s biggest night
  • Chinese New Year (January-February) – Celebrations in Chinatown

Local Eats in Los Angeles During Winter

Winter dining features comfort foods and cozy restaurant experiences throughout LA’s neighborhoods. Many places offer special winter menus, and the mild weather still allows for some outdoor dining on warmer days.

Los Angeles Travel Tips During Winter

Winter offers great value with smaller crowds and reasonable hotel rates. Pack layers for temperature changes and light rain gear for occasional showers. Take advantage of cultural events and indoor attractions during the cooler season.

Best Time of the Year to Visit Los Angeles (By Interest)

LA’s great climate and diverse attractions make timing important for getting the most out of specific experiences. Here’s when to go based on what you want to do:

For Less Crowd: January to February and Weekdays Year-Round

Best Time to Visit Los Angeles for Smallest Crowds

Winter months give you the most space at popular attractions. Visiting Tuesday through Thursday any season, helps you avoid weekend crowds at beaches and tourist spots.

For Perfect Weather: March to May and September to November

Best Time to Visit Los Angeles for Perfect Weather

These times give you ideal temperatures, minimal rain, and great air quality without summer crowds or winter’s occasional rain.

For Beach Activities: June to October

Best Time to Visit Los Angeles for Beach Activities

Warmest water temperatures and consistent sunshine make these months the best for coastal activities, swimming, and beach relaxation.

For Cultural Events: January to March and October to December

Best Time to Visit Los Angeles for Cultural Events

Award season brings glamour and excitement, while fall/winter cultural seasons offer museum exhibitions, theater shows, and art events.

For Hiking: March to May and September to November

Best Time to Visit Los Angeles for Hiking

Comfortable temperatures and clear air create perfect conditions for exploring LA’s many hiking trails and outdoor attractions.

For Best Value: January to February and November

Best Time to Visit Los Angeles for Best Value

Off-peak times offer big savings on hotels and attractions while still giving you great weather and experiences.

For Photography: March to May and September to November

Best Time to Visit Los Angeles for Photography

Perfect lighting, clear air, and comfortable temperatures create ideal conditions for capturing LA’s diverse landscapes and urban beauty.

Where to Stay in Los Angeles

Find accommodations that perfectly capture Los Angeles’ urban style while providing modern luxury and stunning city or ocean views. Here are five amazing Los Angeles vacation homes available to rent with AvantStay:

  • Casa Bellagio – Luxury hillside living in Bel-Air canyon country with a private pool, hot tub, and sweeping treetop views.
  • The Martel House – A gated modern compound just off Melrose with a private pool, putting the best of the LA lifestyle at your doorstep.
  • North Vista – A hillside sanctuary with complete amenities for the best LA experience.
  • Shenandoah – Sophisticated yet homey, modern, and luxurious home in the heart of LA.
  • Venice View – Our stunning beachside property with easy access to Venice Beach.

Create Your Los Angeles Itinerary

Ready to plan your city adventure? Let our experienced team handle every detail of your Los Angeles experience! Our concierge service can set up studio tours, restaurant reservations, and unique urban experiences.

Simply contact us or download the AvantStay App to book additional experiences, get insider city tips, and manage your entire stay through one easy platform.

Ready to Plan Your Los Angeles Adventure?

No matter when you choose to visit, Los Angeles’ diverse neighborhoods and endless entertainment will create lasting memories. The city’s perfect mix of urban sophistication and California chill lifestyle means every visit offers excitement and discovery.

We have the perfect urban sanctuary waiting for you. Book with AvantStay today and discover how amazing city vacations can be when you experience Los Angeles’ timeless glamour and endless possibilities.

FAQs

Is Los Angeles expensive to visit?

Los Angeles can be pricey during busy seasons (summer and December) when hotels cost more because of high demand and perfect weather. However, you can find great value during winter months (January-February) when you’ll get lower rates, fewer crowds, and mild weather perfect for sightseeing and cultural activities.

How busy does Los Angeles get?

Peak seasons bring big crowds, especially at popular places like the Hollywood Walk of Fame, Santa Monica Pier, and theme parks. For more peaceful experiences, visit during shoulder seasons (March-May, September-November) or explore lesser-known neighborhoods and attractions during weekdays.

When to avoid Los Angeles?

Summer months (June-August) bring the biggest crowds and highest prices, though the weather stays great. Holiday periods (Thanksgiving, Christmas, New Year’s) create peak congestion and premium rates. However, LA’s mild Mediterranean climate makes it enjoyable year-round with proper planning and realistic expectations about crowds and costs.

Clear Water and White Sand: The Guide to the Best Fort Lauderdale Beaches

Located in Broward County in South Florida, Fort Lauderdale is a popular tourist destination known for its beaches, arts and culture scene, and an array of activities. The city is situated on the Atlantic coast and has many canals and waterways, giving it the nickname “Venice of America.” 

Fort Lauderdale is also home to Port Everglades, one of the busiest cruise ports in the world. The subtropical climate, geographical location, and ample sunshine make it a perfect place to enjoy the outdoors and take part in swimming, sunbathing, paddle boarding, sailing, and fishing.

So, if you’re looking to make Fort Lauderdale your next vacation destination, what beach will you make your home away from home? Whether you’re a first-time visitor or a longtime local, here’s our guide to the best Fort Lauderdale beaches to explore along Florida’s majestic coastline. 

Deerfield Beach

Deerfield Beach natural beauty in Ft Lauderdale
Deerfield Beach

Few places can boast the natural beauty of Deerfield Beach. Located in Ft. Lauderdale, Deerfield Beach’s clear blue waters and soft white sand make it a perfect place to relax and enjoy the incredible views of the Atlantic ocean. 

The beach is ideal for staying busy, with activities ranging from swimming and sunbathing to fishing and kayaking. Many charter companies lie within proximity of the beach, too, if you want to spend a day fishing or exploring the deeper depths. In addition to the many activities available here, the beach is in immaculate condition and well-maintained, with trash cans and showers always available.

Deerfield Beach is near many other attractions in Ft. Lauderdale, such as Las Olas Boulevard and Intracoastal Waterway, and many restaurants, bars, and shops. Ultimately, there’s a little something for every type of beach-goer at Deerfield. 

Hollywood Beach

Hollywood Beach in Ft Lauderdale
Miami New Times

Hollywood Beach is one of the best beaches in Ft. Lauderdale. It’s wide and clean, with plenty of space to set up a beach chair and umbrella. The water is usually pretty calm, making it perfect for swimming, boating, jet skiing, and fishing. 

The boardwalk offers a scenic walk and an opportunity to bike ride or just people-watch. Of course, the most impressive of all is the stunning views of the Atlantic Ocean. 

In addition to relaxing on the beach or splashing around in the cool blue sea, Hollywood Beach is a shopper’s delight. The beach is home to many boutiques and malls for those looking to indulge. And, when you wear yourself out from the sun and shop, you can relax at one of the many oceanfront bars and restaurants.

Hillsboro Beach

pristine Hillsboro Beach
By The Sea Realty

Located just a short drive from downtown, Hillsboro Beach is a charming place to get away from the hustle and bustle of the Ft. Lauderdale city style. This convenient pristine stretch of sand is perfect for relaxing, swimming, and immersing in the incredible views. Plus, the water is clean and clear, and the sand is fluffy and white, like a dream beach.

Once you’re here, you’ll have access to lots of parking and amenities. And, if you’re lucky, you might spot a sea turtle or two, or three. Hillsboro Beach is a popular destination among sea turtles, specifically for nesting. You’re most likely to see this phenomenon throughout the spring and summer and sometimes into the fall.

Hillsboro is much more than a gorgeous beach for relaxing on. The three-mile stretch of coast also contains several historical sites. In particular, you can find the majestic Hillsboro Lighthouse and see the unusual Barefoot Mailman statue—a tribute to one of the most iconic symbols of Florida.

Pompano Beach

Pompano Beach, the heart of the gold coast in Ft Lauderdale
Pompano Beach

If you’re looking for the best beaches in Ft. Lauderdale, look no further than Pompano Beach. Otherwise known as the Heart of the Gold Coast, Pompano Beach is well-known for its beautiful white-sand beaches and clear blue waters that look as if they belong on a postcard. 

Visitors can enjoy various activities along the beachfront, such as swimming, sunbathing, fishing, and many nearby restaurants and bars. When you need a break from the sand, you can explore all the town offers, from its vibrant shops and restaurants to its historic pier. This beach is also pet friendly so travel with ease knowing your furbabies can join along in the fun.

Pompano Beach is also relatively close to neighboring cities, like Miami and Palm Beach. So, if you want to explore more of South Florida, you can hop in your car for a short drive to set out sightseeing the rich culture in the Ft. Lauderdale neighborhood.

Fort Lauderdale Beach Park

stunning destination at Fort Lauderdale Beach Park
Travel Lemming

Fort Lauderdale Beach Park is a stunning destination, boasting sand that is white and powdery, and water that’s crystal clear. You will also have abundant tropical shade thanks to numerous palm trees and other tropical plants. On any given day at this paradise, you’ll see a mix of locals and tourists enjoying the sun, surf, and amenities.

Speaking of amenities, Fort Lauderdale Beach Park has a diverse variety, including showers, picnic tables, and a family-friendly playground.

The best time to visit the beachside is early in the morning when the beach is relatively deserted. As the day goes on, the crowds build up at Ft. Lauderdale Beach, so arrive early if you want to get a spot in the shade.

Las Olas Beach

Las Olas Beach in Fort Lauderdale
La Costa Olas

Most people associate Fort Lauderdale with its plethora of beaches, and for good reason. The city is known for its stunning stretches of sand, and Las Olas is one of the most beautiful beaches in the state.

Located in the heart of downtown, Las Olas Beach is a popular spot for locals and tourists. As such, you can expect to find a hearty mix of families and singles, all enjoying the Florida sun. The beach is in excellent condition and offers plenty of amenities, including showers, changing rooms, and restrooms. 

Beyond the beach’s impressive amenities, you’ll find many shops, restaurants, and bars along the popular Las Olas Boulevard. While this small stretch of beach is charming and welcoming, keep in mind the college spring break schedule. Unless you’re in the mood to get a bit rowdy, you might want to avoid the beach at that time since college kids flock to the area.

Von D. Mizell-Eula Johnson State Park 

Dr von D Mizell-Eula Johnson State Park or Neighborhood Beach in Fort Lauderdale
Florida State Parks

Dr. von D. Mizell-Eula Johnson State Park, often simply called Neighborhood Beach by locals, is one of the best beaches in Fort Lauderdale for swimming, sunbathing, picnicking, and fishing. In addition, the park has a boat ramp, making it a popular spot for boaters as well. 

The park is named for two important figures in the history of civil rights in Fort Lauderdale. Dr. Von Mizell was a prominent physician and civic leader who fought for racial equality, while Eula Johnson was a highly respected educator who worked to improve conditions for African American students in Broward County. This state park was the first beach to be accessible to African Americans in the country.

Besides its historical significance, the park is beloved for its natural beauty and vibrant wildlife. The wide, sandy beach is flanked by coral reefs, which protect the shore from waves and create a tranquil lagoon for swimming and snorkeling. 

Dania Beach

Dania Beach
Marinas

With its proximity to the airport, Dania Beach is an optimal place to catch some sun and waves before or after a flight. The beach is wide and open, making it ideal for swimming, sunbathing, and playing beach sports. Dania Beach has a blue wave certification, a classification that can only be met if a beach maintains a high standard of cleanliness. 

If you fancy yourself an angler or love the serenity that fishing offers, Dania Beach’s iconic pier will be a must-visit. There, you can walk the stretch for some leisurely exercise or cast your pole into the crystal depth to catch a prize fish or at least a guppy. 

Elsewhere, restaurants and cafes abound with a great selection of food and drink, and the dune walkovers provide access to the beach for visitors with disabilities. Whether you’re looking for a place to relax or play, Dania Beach is worth experiencing.

Hallandale Beach

stunning view of Hallandale Beach
NYT

Hallandale Beach is one of the best beaches in Ft. Lauderdale for swimming, sunbathing, and simply taking in the stunning views. The average water temperature is a comfortable 78 degrees Fahrenheit, making it perfect for swimming year-round. Expect to find a well-maintained beach, with ample umbrellas and chaise lounges for visitors.

The town itself, located in the Greater Fort Lauderdale area, is home to lots of entertainment. So, if you get sick of the sea and sun, you can retreat to a race track or casino for fun. What’s more, this beach has an active nightlife with clubs and ballroom dance spaces for you to make a night off your beach trip.

While you might find a vendor or two on the beach for a bite to eat, you cannot beat the fine-dining restaurants nearby. Ultimately, Hallandale Beach is a relaxing escape with a touch of upscale style.

Lauderdale-by-the-Sea

Lauderdale-by-the-Sea
The South Florida Beach Review

Lauderdale-by-the-Sea is one of the best beaches in Fort Lauderdale. With its sparkling white sand and clear blue waters, it’s no wonder that it is a popular spot for locals and visitors alike. Crucially, it’s clean and well-maintained, with plenty of trash cans and regular beach cleanings. 

Here, you’ll find various beach amenities, including a playground, a pavilion, showers, and restrooms to make your trip comfortable and convenient. And, if it’s safety you’re worried about, Lauderdale-by-the-Sea always has a lifeguard on duty.

When you feel your stomach grumble or need to quench your thirst after a day in the sun, you’ll find no shortage of delicious restaurants and bars just a short walk from the seaside. The only downside is that it can be a bit crowded on weekends. But overall, Lauderdale-by-the-Sea is a memorable spot to have a day in the sun.

Sebastian Street Beach

Sebastian Street Beach
Visit Lauderdale

Sebastian Street Beach has got everything you could want in a beach: soft sand, clear water, palm trees, and abundant space to spread out and unwind. And it’s not just us humans who love it. Sebastian Street is also a popular spot for dolphins, who often come close to shore to play in the waves. If you’re lucky, you might even spot a manatee or two.

Sebastian Street Beach is well-known for being an LGBTQ+ friendly community beach. You’ll find it near many LGBTQ+-friendly resorts and businesses, making it a popular tourist destination. 

Despite being a popular tourist and local destination, Sebastian Street Beach isn’t too crowded to the point that it’s unbearable like some other neighboring beaches. In addition to its reputation and beautiful sandy shore, the beach has a boardwalk that runs along the shore, which is perfect for walking, jogging, or riding bikes. 

Loggerhead Park

Loggerhead Park beach
Arrival Guides

Loggerhead Park beach is situated on a barrier island, so there’s lots of natural beauty to enjoy. Even though the beach is located in the park, there are numerous spots for swimming, sunbathing, fishing, and playing games. For picnics, you’ll find several tables and grills offering meals with a view. 

The best time to visit Loggerhead Park is definitely during the week when the crowds are smaller and the atmosphere is more relaxed. In terms of specific months, March to May is recommended as it is when the weather is warm and the water is calm. So if you’re looking for a great beach in Ft. Lauderdale, be sure to check out Loggerhead Park during this period for an unforgettable time.

Final Thoughts

If you’re looking for a great beach to relax on, Fort Lauderdale has got you covered. With miles of coastline and world-famous beaches, there’s something for everyone in the greater Fort Lauderdale area. 

Whether you’re looking for family-friendly fun or want to find a spot to catch some rays in peace, we’ve got the perfect beach for you. So what are you waiting for? Pack your swimsuit and sunscreen and head to Fort Lauderdale Beach. And, if you’re looking for beach rentals, you might want to check out Beach Haven, a gorgeous four-bedroom Ft. Lauderdale vacation home.

Planning a Big Trip? Check Out These 15 Smoky Mountains Airbnbs

Big group trips are special—you’re gathering family, friends, or teammates to laugh, explore, and make real memories. But finding the right place to stay can make or break the whole adventure. 

That’s why we’ve rounded up 15 Smoky Mountains Airbnbs that aren’t just built for big groups—they’re designed for togetherness. Open living spaces, massive decks, game rooms, and cozy spots where late-night chats stretch way past bedtime.

If you’re planning a family reunion, a bachelorette weekend, a company retreat, or just a long-overdue catch-up with your crew, these cabins and lodges make sure everyone has space to hang out, spread out, and feel at home. Plus, you’ll be perfectly placed to explore the Smokies—from hiking hidden trails to checking out some of the best spots for group photos.

✨ Want to grab the best group pictures while you’re here? Don’t miss our list of the best Instagram-worthy houses in the Smokies! 

Buckskin

36 Guests | 12 Bedrooms | 18 Beds | 12 Bathrooms

Big trips deserve a big backdrop, and Buckskin delivers it floor by floor. This Sevierville lodge sleeps 36 across twelve bedrooms — every single one with its own ensuite — so the whole extended crew lands under one roof without a bathroom negotiation in sight. Soaring wood-beamed ceilings and expansive windows frame the mountains from the great room, where a stone fireplace pulls everyone in by evening.

Key Features You’ll Adore: 

  • Private indoor pool for year-round swimming, plus a hot tub and porch swing across multiple decks
  • Game room with pool table, air hockey, and arcade games, plus a theater with tiered seating for 21
  • Chef’s kitchen with double dining tables, covered balcony for barbecues, and picnic tables for al fresco group dinners

→ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Unlock Savings!)

Lookout Lodge

22 Guests | 6 Bedrooms | 12 Beds | 7 Bathrooms

There’s no better place to gather the whole group than Lookout Lodge, where open decks and cozy nooks invite connection at every turn. After days spent chasing waterfalls or riding roller coasters, this mountain home welcomes you back with space to sprawl out and memories waiting to be made. It’s a true Smoky Mountains basecamp built for celebrating, relaxing, and everything in between.

Key Features You’ll Adore: 

  • Game room with pool table, foosball, arcade, and home theater for all-ages fun
  • Hot tub by the deck as you enjoy the incredible mountain views and sunsets
  • Cozy lodge interiors and aesthetics with plush lounges and a fireplace

→ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Unlock Savings!)

Alpine Mountain Lodge

19 Guests | 6 Bedrooms | 14 Beds | 5 Bathrooms

Alpine Mountain Lodge is where big family vacations and milestone getaways find their perfect home. With three stories of warm gathering spaces and game-packed rooms, there’s always a new memory waiting to be made. After days of Smoky Mountains adventures, your crew can unwind under the stars, trade stories by the grill, or simply enjoy the peace that only the mountains can bring.

Key Features You’ll Adore: 

  • Huge game room with an arcade machines, private hot tub, and community pool access
  • Gas fireplaces, poker table, and outdoor space for relaxing or game night fun 
  • Quick drive to Dollywood, Gatlinburg, and National Park trails

→ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Unlock Savings!)

Marco Polo Lodge

28 Guests | 8 Bedrooms | 14 Beds | 8 Bathrooms

When the crew’s ready for non-stop fun, Marco Polo Lodge is your choice with four levels of laughter, connection, and epic Smoky Mountains memories. Splash, game, or grill your way through the day before winding down in a private theater room or watching sunsets from a misty mountain deck. Built for celebrations, reunions, and just-because escapes, this lodge turns every moment into an experience.

Key Features You’ll Adore: 

  • Private indoor pool, hot tub, game room, and home theater
  • Fireplace and multiple decks for the best greenery views
  • Short drive to Pigeon Forge, Dollywood, and Smoky Mountains trails

→ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Unlock Savings!)

Green Mountain Lodge

28 Guests | 8 Bedrooms | 8.5 Bathrooms

Green Mountain Lodge is nearly 5,800 square feet of pure group-trip energy, tucked into the wooded hills just minutes from the Pigeon Forge parkway. The soaring great room, anchored by a stone fireplace, is where everyone naturally lands at the end of the day, and the dining table plus island barstools mean no one eats standing up. All eight bedrooms come with their own ensuite, so the whole crew gets privacy without anyone drawing the short straw.

Key Features You’ll Adore: 

  • Private indoor pool in its own pavilion, reached by a covered bridge, plus a hot tub on the wraparound deck
  • Game room with pool table, foosball, air hockey, and arcade games, plus an upstairs terrace lined with Adirondack chairs
  • Eight ensuite bedrooms with kings, queens, and a queen-over-queen bunk room, minutes from Dollywood, The Island, and the National Park

→ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Unlock Savings!)

Heaven Lane Cabins

42 Guests | 14 Bedrooms | 22 Beds | 14 Bathrooms

Some groups outgrow one roof — Heaven Lane Cabins solves that with seven. Clustered on the same wooded ridge above Townsend, the peaceful side of the Smokies, this cabin village sleeps 42 across fourteen bedrooms, giving every family or sub-crew its own front door, fireplace, and hot tub while keeping everyone just steps apart. After dark, the whole group converges on the shared fire pit for s’mores and stories under a sky the city never sees.

Key Features You’ll Adore: 

  • Seven private hot tubs — one per cabin — plus covered decks and long-range mountain views all around
  • Shared fire pit for full-group gatherings, with king and queen ensuite bedrooms throughout
  • 7 minutes to downtown Townsend and 9 minutes to two Great Smoky Mountains National Park entrances

→ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Unlock Savings!)

Amber Escape

30 Guests | 11 Bedrooms | 14 Beds | 9 Bathrooms

Spread out between four homes with pools, hot tubs, and firepit nights under the stars. At Amber Escape, it feels like its own private village, designed for the kind of big, unforgettable trips you only get once in a while. There’s plenty of space for everyone to relax, recharge, and reconnect. Whether you’re hosting a reunion, retreat, or just a long-overdue celebration, this Smoky Mountains hideaway makes sure no one gets left behind.

Key Features You’ll Adore: 

  • Private pool, multiple hot tubs, and a massive courtyard for group fun
  • Secluded setting with a true “mountain village” vibe yet with a touch of modern
  • 4 minutes to New Market, 10 minutes to Jefferson City, 30 minutes to Knoxville 

→ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Unlock Savings!)

Aspen Lodge & Birch Lodge

23 Guests | 10 Bedrooms | 11 Beds | 8 Bathrooms

Two complete lodges, side-by-side, with the full amenity stack doubled — that’s Aspen Lodge & Birch Lodge, a Gatlinburg two-cabin combo built for groups who want connection without compromise. Each family or sub-crew gets their own kitchen, indoor pool, theater, and sauna, but everyone’s just steps from the next porch over for shared meals, fire-pit hangs, and ridge-view mornings. It’s the rare big-group option that lets everyone spread out and gather up on their own schedule.

Key Features You’ll Adore: 

  • Two private indoor pools, two hot tubs, two saunas, and two private home theaters — one in each lodge
  • Two game rooms with pool tables, multicade arcade systems, and porch swings + outdoor fire pits for evening hangs
  • 5 minutes from downtown Gatlinburg, with easy access to Ripley’s Aquarium, Anakeesta, and the Great Smoky Mountains National Park entrance

→ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Unlock Savings!)

Overlook Lodge

16 Guests | 5 Bedrooms | 8 Beds | 4.5 Bathrooms

Overlook Lodge takes the lodge formula and rewrites it for the modern era. This newly built Sevierville retreat is all glass, light, and ridgeline views — floor-to-ceiling windows, vaulted ceilings, and two expansive decks that frame the Smokies from sunrise to starlight. The lower deck is the headliner: a plunge pool perched right over the endless horizon, with a firepit just steps away for when the mountain air turns crisp.

Key Features You’ll Adore: 

  • Plunge pool overlooking the ridgeline + cozy firepit on the lower deck (pool seasonal, mid-May through October)
  • 4 king suites (three with ensuites and private balconies) plus a custom bunk room with four full beds — kids and adults each get their own zone
  • Chef’s kitchen with wine fridge, dining for 8, ping pong game room, and pet-friendly hospitality — just 10 minutes from Pigeon Forge & Dollywood

→ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Unlock Savings!)

Skyline Sanctuary

16 Guests | 5 Bedrooms | 8 Beds | 5 Bathrooms

Skyline Sanctuary turns big-group getaways into something genuinely cinematic. This newly built 5,100-square-foot retreat sits just outside Pigeon Forge — close enough that you can see Dollywood lit up at night from the deck — and every detail leans into the kind of luxury usually reserved for resorts. Vaulted ceilings, floor-to-ceiling windows, all-king en-suite bedrooms, and panoramic ridgeline views set the scene; the rest of the home does the heavy lifting on the fun.

Key Features You’ll Adore: 

  • Private indoor pool with an underwater viewing window, plus an 8-seat hot tub on the expansive deck
  • Custom game room with tournament-grade arcade lineup (Pac-Man Battle Royale, Jurassic Park, Fast & Furious, Golden Tee), pool table & shuffleboard
  • Outdoor whiskey firepit, gas-fired pizza oven, and an outdoor banquet table for group dinners with Smoky Mountains views

→ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Unlock Savings!)

Vixen Run Lodge

14 Guests | 5 Bedrooms | 7 Beds | 5 Bathrooms

Vixen Run Lodge brings big-group comfort together with sweeping Smoky Mountain views. Floor-to-ceiling windows and soaring ceilings fill the open living area with natural light, while five king bedrooms and a bonus bunk loft give everyone room to recharge. After exploring Gatlinburg or the national park, gather for games downstairs, unwind in the hot tub, or settle onto the covered deck as the sun disappears behind the ridgeline.

Key Features You’ll Adore:

  • Game room with a pool table, multicade arcade, board games, and large TV
  • Covered mountain-view deck with a private hot tub, plus seasonal community pool and tennis access
  • Minutes from downtown Gatlinburg, Pigeon Forge, and Great Smoky Mountains National Park

→ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Unlock Savings!)

Smokey’s Paradise

22 Guests | 8 Bedrooms | 12 Beds | 8 Bathrooms

Modern mountain mansion meets big-group bliss at Smokey’s Paradise. Tucked just 20 minutes from Pigeon Forge, this Sevierville stunner brings together everything a big group could ask for — soaring vaulted ceilings, all-ensuite bedrooms, and a chef’s kitchen built for crowd cooking. After a day chasing waterfalls or riding Dollywood’s coasters, the crew comes home to a private indoor pool, treetop hot tub soaks, and a game room ready for some friendly competition.

Key Features You’ll Adore: 

  • Private indoor pool, hot tub, and game room with pool table, shuffleboard & foosball
  • All 8 bedrooms with ensuite bathrooms so everyone gets their own space
  • Chef’s kitchen with double fridges, double freezers, banquet table & covered balcony lounge for al fresco group dinners

→ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Unlock Savings!)

Bluebell

14 Guests | 6 Bedrooms | 7 Beds | 6 Bathrooms

Still looking for a spot where no one ever says, “I’m bored?” Then check out Bluebell. The home where you can stay home and still have the best vacation. Get the whole group together for movies, games, and big dinners where everyone fits at the table. It’s the perfect place for birthday weekends, team retreats, or family trips where you want to have fun and chill all at once.

Key Features You’ll Adore: 

  • Private indoor pool, movie room, game room—fun for all ages
  • High-speed internet, electric fireplace, and seasonal communal pool access
  • Big balcony with beautiful treetop views, cozy house interiors

→ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Unlock Savings!)

Twilight Ridge

15 Guests | 4 Bedrooms | 8 Beds | 4 Bathrooms

Get ready for family games, group dinners, and quiet mornings with mountain views at Twilight Ridge. The kind of place where big families and friend groups come to relax, play, and reconnect. You can spend your days hanging out in sunny rooms, playing pool, or having long talks around the dining table. Celebrating a birthday, having a bachelorette trip, or just sneaking away with friends, this is one you’ll want to come back to.

Key Features You’ll Adore: 

  • Two cozy living rooms, fireplaces, pool table, and plenty of space to gather
  • Has access to to community amenities such as ball sports, trails, and many more
  • Perfect for birthdays, family trips, retreats, and celebration weekends

→ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Unlock Savings!)

Bluestem

14 Guests | 6 Bedrooms | 7 Beds | 6 Bathrooms

Bluestem is all about having fun together, whether you’re playing games, watching movies, or sharing a big meal after a day in the mountains. It’s the perfect place for family reunions, small team retreats, or birthday trips where laughter fills every room. Big trips feel easy at this home, and here, mornings start with coffee on the balcony and evenings end with everyone gathered around the fireplace.

Key Features You’ll Adore: 

  • Space for game nights by the pool table and movie marathons at the theater room
  • Indoor pool, fireplace, big balconies with outdoor chairs for lounging
  • Close to Wears Valley, Dollywood, and Pigeon Forge

→ Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Unlock Savings!)

Tips for Planning a Big Group Vacation in the Smoky Mountains

Planning a big trip with family, friends, or teammates sounds exciting—but getting everyone on the same page can feel like a challenge! Here are a few of our simple tips to make your upcoming gatherings easy.

Pick a House Built for Groups

Not all cabins are the same. Look for places with open living spaces, plenty of bedrooms, and big gathering areas (like the homes above!). It makes hanging out together way more fun and natural. The group-friendly homes featured in this blog are a great place to start your search!

Plan a Mix of Activities

Some people want to hike, and some just want to chill. Plan one or two group adventures—like visiting Dollywood or hiking Cades Cove—but also leave time for relaxing at the cabin, game nights, and lazy mornings with coffee. If you have limited ideas for your Smokies itinerary, get some more in this curated guide we made—Top 35 things to do in the Smoky Mountains year-round.

Split Up Meals and Chores

If you’re staying for a few days, make it easy: each family or group can take a night to cook dinner or plan breakfast. Big kitchens, BBQ areas, and lots of table space (like you’ll find in these homes) make it simple.

Pick a Central Location

Staying near Pigeon Forge or Gatlinburg means you’re close to parks, shops, restaurants, and activities. Everyone can pick what they want to do without spending hours driving around. Plus, you’ll never want to miss visiting the nearby national parks!

Book Early for Big Groups

Big homes go fast—even if it’s in spring, summer, and fall, and especially in winter. Booking a home as early as today means you get the best spots with the best views (and sometimes even better rates!). To add, your group can still plan and save ahead for this trip. 

✨ Choosing the right house for your group matters because when you have the right house, the right plan, and the right group, your Smoky Mountains trip will surely be a memory that lasts a lifetime. And these homes were picked to make it easy for you!

Other Reads You May Want to Check Out:

Plan Less. Stay More.

Celebrate success, achievement, or a milestone; host a company off-site retreat; or simply catch up with the people who matter most to you. Pick the right Smoky Mountains Airbnb now! No matter the size of your crew, AvantStay has the perfect homes to fit everyone under one roof.

Explore Smoky Mountains Stays →

The Best Time to Visit 30a

Walk barefoot on sugar-white sand that squeaks beneath your feet. Watch dolphins play in crystal-clear emerald waters while sipping your morning coffee. That’s the everyday beauty you’ll find along scenic Highway 30A.

Stretching 20 miles along Florida’s stunning Emerald Coast, 30A showcases some of the world’s most beautiful white sand beaches and turquoise waters. This coastal paradise has colorful beach towns and communities like Seaside, Alys Beach, and Grayton Beach.

Each is offering boutique shopping, world-class dining, and endless beach activities. The famous 30A bike path connects these charming towns, while state parks provide pristine nature experiences just steps from luxury beach resorts.

The subtropical climate creates ideal beach conditions for most of the year. If you want to know the best time to visit 30A, it is during the spring, early summer, and fall months. And each season offers something special.

Ready to explore 30A’s coastal treasures? Let’s discover each season so you can build your perfect Florida beach itinerary.

About 30A, FL

30A winds along Florida’s Emerald Coast as a premier beach destination known for pristine white sand beaches, crystal-clear Gulf waters, and distinctive coastal communities. This scenic highway connects charming beach towns that blend luxury resort amenities with laid-back beach vibes, creating an atmosphere that attracts beach lovers, families, and adventure seekers year-round.

The average air temperature year-round is 72 degrees, with the average temperature of the Gulf at 75 degrees. The average number of clear days per year is 106, making 30A one of Florida’s most reliable beach destinations for sunshine and warm weather.

The area features some of the world’s most beautiful beaches with sugar-white sand and emerald-colored waters perfect for swimming, paddleboarding, and beach activities. Summer brings the busiest tourism season to 30A, so accommodation prices tend to be higher during peak months, while beach activities remain enjoyable throughout most seasons due to the mild subtropical climate.

30A Travel Seasons at a Glance

Here’s when beach lovers visit and when you can find peaceful shorelines and quiet coastal moments.

Peak Times: June Through August and Major Festival Seasons

The beach towns of the Panhandle are very busy from May through October. There are tons of festivals and events throughout these months, and since approximately 60 million people live within a day’s drive, it can get pretty busy. Summer represents the busiest period with families filling beachfront rentals and coastal restaurants.

Great Value Times: March Through May and November Through December

April and May are often considered the best times to visit this special area of the Florida coast. The sun is shining and the temperatures are comfortable (expect highs in the mid-70s and 80s). This is the calm before the busy summer season. Early winter provides comfortable beach weather and excellent accommodation deals before peak season returns.

Peaceful Times: January Through February and Mid-Week Visits

Winter months offer the most tranquil beach experiences with uncrowded shores and peaceful coastal walks. Weekday visits year-round provide serene beach time and easier access to popular restaurants without weekend crowds.

Why Visit 30A?

30A provides authentic Florida beach experiences with world-renowned white sand beaches and emerald Gulf waters perfect for swimming, surfing, and water sports. The area features distinctive coastal architecture, charming beach towns, and the famous 30A bike path connecting communities from Seaside to Grayton Beach.

Each beach community maintains its unique coastal character with locally-owned shops, art galleries, and fresh seafood restaurants serving Gulf-to-table cuisine. Coastal dining showcases the day’s catch and Southern favorites while offering spectacular Gulf views from beachfront patios and rooftop terraces.

Annual events celebrate the area’s beach culture and coastal lifestyle, including seafood festivals, art shows, and outdoor concerts. The year-round growing season and mild climate create consistent beach experiences that draw visitors from across the Southeast and beyond.

Your Month-by-Month Guide to 30A

  • 30A in January: Cool but comfortable weather, quiet beaches, cozy beachfront dining
  • 30A in February: Mild winter conditions, romantic beach retreats, fewer crowds
  • 30A in March: Spring arriving, warming waters, perfect outdoor weather
  • 30A in April: Excellent spring weather, comfortable beach days, wildflowers blooming
  • 30A in May: Ideal late spring weather, perfect beach conditions, growing season beginning
  • 30A in June: Summer season starts, warm Gulf waters, ideal for all water activities
  • 30A in July: Peak summer heat, busy beaches, perfect swimming weather
  • 30A in August: Continued summer warmth, family vacation season, outdoor festivals
  • 30A in September: Early fall comfort, warm waters, harvest season events
  • 30A in October: Beautiful fall weather, comfortable beach days, stunning sunsets
  • 30A in November: Pleasant autumn conditions, peaceful beaches, comfortable weather
  • 30A in December: Mild winter beginning, holiday beach events, cozy coastal atmosphere

When Is the Best Time to Visit 30A?

The best times to visit 30A are during the spring, early summer, and fall seasons. Each period offers unique benefits: spring provides excellent beach weather with fewer crowds, summer delivers peak beach conditions with warm Gulf waters, and fall showcases comfortable temperatures with beautiful sunsets and coastal festivals.

Winter can still be wonderful for visiting 30A—rates are typically lower during this time—but water temperatures may be cooler for swimming and some outdoor activities.

Visiting in Winter (December to February)

Winter transforms 30A into a peaceful coastal retreat perfect for romantic beach walks and cozy beachfront dining. The mild subtropical climate means comfortable temperatures for most outdoor activities, though occasional cool fronts can bring chilly weather.

This season offers the most intimate beach experiences with uncrowded shorelines, longer conversations with local business owners, and peaceful sunrises perfect for couples’ getaways.

30A Weather in Winter

  • December: 45°F to 65°F | Mild winter weather with occasional cool fronts
  • January: 42°F to 62°F | Coolest temperatures with some chilly days
  • February: 45°F to 65°F | Pleasant winter conditions with warming trends

Things to Do in 30A During Winter

Winter activities focus on peaceful beach walks, cozy restaurant dining, and exploring beach towns without summer crowds. Many local shops offer winter sales and special events during this quieter season.

Outdoor activities like biking the 30A path and visiting state parks become especially pleasant with cooler temperatures and comfortable humidity levels. Winter fishing provides excellent opportunities with fewer boats and calmer waters.

30A Events in Winter

  • Holiday Beach Celebrations – Special seasonal events and festive decorations
  • Winter Romance Season – Perfect timing for couples’ beach retreats
  • Quiet Season Specials – Many restaurants and shops offer winter discounts
  • Peaceful Beach Season – Ideal time for meditation walks and beach photography

Food Scene in Winter

Restaurants feature hearty comfort foods and warming dishes perfect for cool beach evenings. Many establishments offer cozy indoor dining with Gulf views and seasonal seafood specials with winter preparation styles.

Winter Travel Tips

Pack layers for variable winter weather and comfortable walking shoes for beach exploration. Winter provides the most romantic atmosphere and requires less advance planning for restaurant reservations. Consider mid-week visits for even better rates and more personal attention from local businesses. Some water activities may be temperature-dependent.

Visiting in Spring (March to May)

Spring offers some of the best overall conditions with comfortable temperatures and blooming coastal vegetation. Spring visitor numbers begin increasing as college spring breakers and early vacationers discover the area’s beauty.

Coastal wildflowers bloom throughout nearby state parks, while Gulf waters begin warming for comfortable swimming and water sports.

30A Weather in Spring

  • March: 50°F to 72°F | Pleasant spring temperatures with wildflowers beginning
  • April: 58°F to 78°F | Perfect spring weather for all outdoor activities
  • May: 65°F to 83°F | Ideal late spring conditions

Things to Do in 30A During Spring

Spring provides excellent conditions for all beach activities with comfortable temperatures and warming Gulf waters. Biking the 30A path becomes especially popular with perfect weather for exploring all the coastal communities.

Beach activities like paddleboarding, kayaking, and fishing become comfortable as waters warm and the weather stabilizes. State parks offer excellent hiking and bird watching with spring migrations and blooming vegetation.

30A Events in Spring

  • Spring Wildflower Season – Beautiful blooms throughout coastal dunes and state parks
  • Beach Festival Season – Various outdoor events and community celebrations
  • Perfect Weather Season – Ideal conditions for all outdoor activities
  • Spring Break Activities – Family-friendly events and beach activities

Food Scene in Spring

Restaurants expand outdoor seating as the weather improves, featuring fresh seasonal seafood and lighter fare. Spring menus highlight Gulf catches and seasonal ingredients perfect for patio dining with ocean breezes.

Spring Travel Tips

Pack layers for variable spring weather and reef-safe sunscreen for beach activities. Spring offers excellent accommodation values before peak season pricing. Book popular restaurants early as visitor numbers increase. Beach access parking fills up earlier as the weather improves.

Visiting in Summer (June to August)

Summer provides peak beach conditions with warm Gulf waters and long sunny days ideal for all water activities. This represents the busiest tourism season with all beach amenities and activities operating at full capacity.

This season features the most active beach scene with extended business hours, numerous festivals, and perfect conditions for swimming, surfing, and water sports.

30A Weather in Summer

  • June: 70°F to 87°F | Perfect early summer beach weather
  • July: 74°F to 89°F | Peak summer warmth with high humidity
  • August: 74°F to 89°F | Continued excellent beach conditions

Things to Do in 30A During Summer

Summer activities center around beach life with swimming, surfing, paddleboarding, and fishing in warm Gulf waters. The 30A bike path becomes busy with families exploring coastal communities and stopping at beach access points.

Beach festivals, outdoor concerts, and evening events create vibrant nightlife throughout the summer months. Water sports rentals and beach equipment are readily available at all beach access points.

30A Events in Summer

  • Beach Festival Season – Peak time for outdoor concerts and community events
  • Water Sports Peak – Ideal conditions for all Gulf water activities
  • Family Vacation Season – Numerous family-friendly activities and events
  • Evening Entertainment – Outdoor dining and beachfront concerts

Food Scene in Summer

Beach restaurants maximize outdoor seating with Gulf views and ocean breezes. Summer menus feature fresh Gulf seafood, tropical drinks, and light fare perfect for hot-weather dining after beach activities.

Summer Travel Tips

Book accommodations well in advance, as summer represents peak season with the highest demand and prices. Arrive early at beach access points for parking and prime beach spots. Pack plenty of sunscreen, water, and light clothing for hot, humid weather. Make restaurant reservations well ahead of time for weekend visits.

Visiting in Fall (September to November)

Fall delivers some of 30A’s most comfortable weather with lower humidity and spectacular sunset views. This season combines excellent beach conditions with the excitement of fall festivals and harvest celebrations.

Fall brings comfortable temperatures perfect for all outdoor activities while maintaining warm enough Gulf waters for swimming and water sports.

30A Weather in Fall

  • September: 70°F to 86°F | Excellent early fall beach weather
  • October: 60°F to 80°F | Perfect fall temperatures with lower humidity
  • November: 50°F to 73°F | Comfortable autumn conditions

Things to Do in 30A During Fall

Fall provides perfect weather for all beach activities with comfortable temperatures and less intense sun. Biking the 30A path becomes especially pleasant with cooler temperatures and beautiful fall light for photography.

Beach activities continue with comfortable conditions, while fall festivals and events add cultural experiences to beach vacations. Fishing becomes excellent with cooler weather and active Gulf waters.

30A Events in Fall

  • Fall Festival Season – Harvest celebrations and seasonal community events
  • Perfect Weather Season – Ideal conditions for all outdoor activities
  • Sunset Season – Spectacular fall sunsets with clearer skies
  • Harvest Celebrations – Local food festivals and seasonal dining events

Food Scene in Fall

Restaurants feature seasonal menus celebrating fall harvests and comfort foods. Gulf seafood remains excellent while fall ingredients create special seasonal dishes perfect for comfortable outdoor dining.

Fall Travel Tips

Fall represents excellent value with comfortable weather before winter rates drop further. Pack layers for temperature variations between day and night. Fall provides excellent photography opportunities with beautiful lighting and spectacular sunsets. Hurricane season continues through November, so monitor weather forecasts.

Best Time of the Year to Visit 30A (By Interest)

You might begin your day with sunrise walks on empty beaches here at 30A or spend your afternoon exploring colorful beach towns by bike, then enjoy fresh seafood dinners with your toes in the sand.

Whatever it is, you can always choose your perfect timing based on what attracts you most to this beautiful coastal destination:

For Perfect Beach Weather: Extended Season

Best Time for 30A Beach Activities

April through October provides ideal beach conditions with comfortable temperatures, warm Gulf waters, and perfect weather for all coastal activities and water sports.

For Ideal Swimming Conditions: Peak Season

Best Time for 30A Water Activities

May through September offer the warmest Gulf water temperatures and perfect conditions for swimming, surfing, paddleboarding, and all water sports activities.

For Avoiding Crowds: Off-Season Tranquility

Best Time for Peaceful 30A

November through February provides the most serene beach experiences with uncrowded shores, easy restaurant access, and peaceful coastal walks without peak season crowds.

For Best Overall Value: Winter Season

Best Time for Affordable 30A

November through March offers the best combination of pleasant weather, fewer crowds, and excellent accommodation values before peak season pricing returns.

For Family Beach Activities: Summer Peak

Best Time for 30A Family Fun

June through August provides the warmest weather, most family-oriented activities, and optimal conditions when all beach amenities and water activities operate at full capacity.

For Romantic Beach Retreats: Winter Season

Best Time for 30A Romance

December through February offers the most intimate beach experiences with peaceful shores, cozy beachfront dining, and romantic sunsets perfect for couples’ getaways.

For Photography and Sunsets: Fall Season

Best Time for 30A Stunning Views

September through November offers spectacular sunset photography, comfortable weather for golden hour shoots, and beautiful fall light perfect for capturing coastal beauty.

Where to Stay in 30A

Experience exceptional beach homes that capture 30A’s coastal lifestyle – beachfront access, Gulf views, and luxury amenities that enhance every moment of your Florida beach getaway. Here are some spectacular 30A homes you can book with AvantStay:

  • 30A Ohana Grande – A spacious Santa Rosa Beach retreat for 23, with a private pool, sun shelf, hot tub, game room, and private theater.
  • 30A Southern Sugar – Built for group fun, this seven-bedroom home sleeps 26 and pairs a private pool and hot tub with foosball, arcade games, and a golf cart for beach trips.
  • The Salty Pearl – A three-story coastal home with screened balconies, a private pool and hot tub, and walkable access to Dune Allen Beach.
  • 30A Shady Palms – A single-level Seagrove Beach home made for multi-generational stays, with six bedrooms, a private pool, a fenced yard, and room for up to two pets for a fee.
  • Totally Beachin – Just between Rosemary Beach and Alys Beach, this house has 8,400 square feet of living space that can comfortably accommodate large group gatherings.

Create Your 30A Itinerary

Ready to plan your beach adventure? Let our team help you organize everything for your 30A getaway! We can arrange beach equipment rentals, restaurant reservations, activity bookings, and authentic experiences that showcase the real character of this incredible coastal destination.

Just contact us or download the AvantStay App to book activities, get local recommendations, and manage your entire 30A experience through one convenient platform.

Want more ideas and activities to add to your itinerary? Check out our guide to the best things to do in 30A!

Plan Your 30A Adventure

No matter which season calls to you, 30A’s pristine white sand beaches, crystal-clear emerald waters, authentic coastal charm, and Southern hospitality create memories that last forever. This destination perfectly balances beach relaxation with outdoor adventures and cultural experiences. Every visit reveals new coastal discoveries and authentic beach town moments.

Your perfect 30A beachfront home awaits. Book with AvantStay today and discover how incredible beach getaways become when you experience 30A’s legendary beauty, coastal culture, and Florida beach magic.

FAQs

Is 30A expensive to visit?

30A costs significantly more during peak summer months from June through August when families fill every beachfront rental and coastal restaurant. Hotels and dining establishments charge higher rates because demand increases for perfect beach weather and water activities. But visit during winter months or early spring, and you’ll find excellent deals on beach accommodations while still enjoying pleasant weather and beautiful beaches.

How crowded does 30A get?

Peak summer months bring substantial crowds, especially July and August, when beaches become busy and popular restaurants require reservations. However, 30A’s 20-mile stretch provides plenty of beach space even during busy periods. Fall and winter offer fewer crowds with pleasant weather, while weekdays provide the most peaceful beach experiences.

When should I avoid 30A?

There really isn’t a bad time to visit 30A since the subtropical climate provides excellent beach conditions year-round. Hurricane season runs from June through November, with peak activity from August through October, though direct impacts are relatively rare. Winter can have occasional cool fronts that may affect water activities. The key is matching your visit to seasonal activities – come for peak beach conditions in summer, comfortable weather in spring and fall, or peaceful beaches in winter.

18 Things to Do on Whidbey Island

Welcome to Whidbey Island, a captivating destination nestled in the heart of the Pacific Northwest. This idyllic island, located in Washington State, is a haven for nature lovers, history enthusiasts, and those seeking a peaceful escape. With its pristine beaches, lush forests, and charming coastal towns, Whidbey Island offers a unique blend of natural beauty and rich cultural heritage. From the iconic Deception Pass State Park to the quaint streets of Coupeville Historic Waterfront, this island is brimming with opportunities for adventure, relaxation, and exploration. So, get ready to immerse yourself in the enchantment of Whidbey Island, where breathtaking vistas and unforgettable experiences await at every turn.

And when it comes to accommodations, don’t forget that AvantStay vacation homes provide the perfect retreat for an exceptional stay on the island, especially when traveling with groups.

1. Explore Deception Pass State Park

Prepare to be awestruck by the beauty of Deception Pass State Park. Lace up your hiking boots and venture along the park’s trails, leading you through lush forests and offering breathtaking views of the swirling waters below. Keep your eyes peeled for wildlife encounters and don’t forget to capture some Insta-worthy photos.

Source: Washington is For Adventure

2. Visit Ebey’s Landing National Historical Reserve

Immerse yourself in history as you step foot in Ebey’s Landing National Historical Reserve. Wander through time as you stroll past historic farmhouses and gaze upon sweeping vistas that haven’t changed much since settlers arrived. The reserve’s walking and biking trails are a delightful way to soak up the scenic beauty of this preserved treasure.

3. Go whale watching

Calling all nature enthusiasts! Embark on a whale watching adventure and witness the grace and grandeur of these majestic creatures. Local tour operators provide fantastic opportunities to spot whales, so be prepared for an awe-inspiring experience. Keep your camera ready, as you never know when a tail flip or a breach will leave you speechless.

Source: Whidbey News-Times

4. Enjoy water sports at Penn Cove

For those seeking a splash of adventure, Penn Cove is your playground. Grab a kayak or a paddleboard and glide across the tranquil waters, taking in the picturesque surroundings. If you’re up for a tasty challenge, try your hand at mussel and clam digging – a fun and rewarding experience for seafood lovers.

5. Tour Fort Casey State Park

History buffs, unite! Fort Casey State Park offers a glimpse into the past with its well-preserved fort and impressive artillery. Explore the fort’s passages, climb up to the lookout points, and feel like a time traveler as you imagine life as a soldier stationed here. Pack a picnic and savor a meal with panoramic views as your backdrop.

Source: Alan Majchrowicz Photography

6. Visit Coupeville Historic Waterfront

Step into a storybook as you wander through the charming streets of Coupeville Historic Waterfront. Browse through unique shops, admire local art galleries, and indulge in delicious fare at the waterfront restaurants. The rich history and undeniable charm of this quaint town will leave you spellbound.

7. Attend the Whidbey Island Center for the Arts

Let your cultural senses thrive at the Whidbey Island Center for the Arts. Catch a captivating theater performance, sway to the rhythm of live concerts, or lose yourself in the beauty of art exhibits. This vibrant hub showcases the immense talent and creativity that thrives on the island.

Source: Coupeville Chamber of Commerce

8. Explore the Greenbank Farm

Escape to a world of artistic inspiration and natural beauty at the Greenbank Farm. Meander through art galleries, discover unique shops, and recharge with a cup of coffee or a tasty treat at one of the charming cafes. The open spaces invite you to spread out a picnic blanket and revel in the tranquility of this idyllic setting.

9. Taste Local Brews at Penn Cove Brewing Company

Indulge in the craft beer scene on Whidbey Island by visiting Penn Cove Brewing Company. Located in Coupeville, this local brewery offers a range of delicious and unique brews crafted with care. Sample their selection of handcrafted beers, from hoppy IPAs to smooth stouts, and enjoy the inviting atmosphere of their taproom. Engage with the friendly staff and fellow beer enthusiasts while savoring the flavors of Whidbey Island in a pint glass.

Source: Whidbey News-Times

10. Sample fresh seafood

Whidbey Island is a haven for seafood lovers, and you don’t want to miss the chance to delight your taste buds. From succulent Dungeness crab to buttery scallops, the island’s restaurants serve up a variety of mouthwatering dishes that showcase the bounty of the sea. So, dive in and treat yourself to a culinary adventure.

11. Discover the Bayview Farmers Market

Support local artisans, farmers, and craftsmen at the Bayview Farmers Market. Stroll through the bustling market and peruse the vibrant displays of fresh produce, handmade crafts, and artisanal products. Enjoy the lively atmosphere, live music, and perhaps even find the perfect souvenir to take home.

Source: South Whidbey Record

12. Explore Langley Village

Prepare for a shopping spree in the charming village of Langley. This idyllic town is a treasure trove of boutique stores, antique shops, and unique finds. Whether you’re searching for a one-of-a-kind piece of jewelry or a vintage collectible, Langley will captivate you with its eclectic offerings.

13. Unwind at Double Bluff Beach

Feel the sand between your toes and the gentle breeze in your hair at Double Bluff Beach. This serene beach is a paradise for relaxation and rejuvenation. Take a leisurely stroll along the shore, explore the tidal pools, or simply bask in the tranquility of the stunning coastal scenery.

Source: Must Hike Must Eat

14. Indulge in a spa day

Pamper yourself with a day of blissful relaxation at one of Whidbey Island’s wellness centers. Treat your body and mind to a massage, rejuvenating facial, or holistic treatment. Let the stress melt away as skilled professionals work their magic, leaving you feeling refreshed and revitalized.

15. Visit the Pacific Northwest Art School

Unlock your inner artist at the Pacific Northwest Art School. Take part in art classes taught by talented instructors, or marvel at the inspiring exhibitions that grace the gallery walls. Whether you’re a seasoned artist or a beginner with a passion for creativity, this artistic sanctuary will ignite your imagination.

Source: Pacific Northwest Art School

16. Discover the Island County Historical Museum

Delve into the captivating history and culture of Whidbey Island at the Island County Historical Museum. Engage with exhibits that showcase the island’s fascinating past, from its Native American heritage to its naval history. Gain a deeper understanding of the island’s roots and the people who have shaped its identity.

17. Play golf at one of the island’s golf courses

Calling all golf enthusiasts! Whidbey Island offers a golfer’s paradise with its scenic and well-maintained golf courses. Whether you’re a seasoned player or just starting out, these courses provide an opportunity to perfect your swing while immersing yourself in the island’s natural splendor.

Useless Bay Golf & Country Club is located in Langley and offers an exceptional golfing experience. This 18-hole course boasts stunning views of the Puget Sound, lush fairways, and challenging greens. Tee off surrounded by majestic evergreens, navigate strategically placed hazards, and enjoy the peaceful ambiance of this picturesque course.

Additionally, Whidbey Golf Club in Oak Harbor is another gem for golf enthusiasts. This scenic 18-hole course combines challenging holes with breathtaking views of the Cascade Mountains and Puget Sound. With its well-manicured fairways, pristine greens, and friendly atmosphere, Whidbey Golf Club is a delightful destination for golfers of all levels.

So, grab your clubs, embrace the natural beauty of Whidbey Island, and enjoy a memorable round of golf on these stunning courses. Whether you’re seeking a friendly game or a competitive challenge, these golfing destinations will provide an unforgettable experience in a serene setting.

Source: Useless Bay Golf & Country Club

18. Go birdwatching

Calling all bird lovers! Whidbey Island is a haven for avian enthusiasts, with its diverse habitats attracting a wide variety of bird species. Whidbey Island has two fantastic locations that should be on your radar. 

Start your birdwatching adventure at Crockett Lake Preserve, near Coupeville. This expansive 357-acre preserve boasts a diverse range of habitats, including marshes, wetlands, and forests, attracting a wide variety of bird species. As you explore the trails and boardwalks, keep your eyes peeled for magnificent bald eagles, vibrant waterfowl, and migratory shorebirds. 

Another excellent spot is Ebey’s Landing, renowned for its historical significance but also offering great birdwatching opportunities. The combination of farmlands, open prairies, and coastal areas creates an ideal habitat for various bird species. Take a leisurely stroll along the bluff trail and you might catch a glimpse of peregrine falcons, graceful great blue herons, or fascinating shorebirds. Don’t forget your binoculars as you immerse yourself in the beauty of Whidbey Island’s avian residents.

Whidbey Island truly offers a paradise of experiences for every type of traveler. From breathtaking natural landscapes to intriguing historical sites, there’s something for everyone on this enchanting island. 

And when it comes to accommodations, AvantStay vacation homes provide the perfect base for your adventures, especially when traveling with groups. So, pack your bags, grab your camera, and get ready to create unforgettable memories on Whidbey Island. The adventure awaits!

The Best Time to Visit Hilton Head

Pristine beaches stretch along a barrier island. This is where the Atlantic Coast creates an exceptional year-round getaway just four hours from Atlanta and two hours from Charleston.

Every season at Hilton Head offers different coastal adventures in South Carolina’s most beloved resort destination. Walk miles of uncrowded beaches collecting seashells early in the morning, then enjoy lunch at the best restaurants serving fresh local seafood with stunning marsh views. 

The island features over 20 championship golf courses and world-class tennis facilities that attract sports enthusiasts from around the globe. Coligny Plaza offers family-friendly shopping and dining, while Harbour Town showcases the iconic red-and-white striped lighthouse surrounded by boutique shops and waterfront restaurants. 

Spanish moss drapes over centuries-old live oak trees, creating natural canopies throughout the island’s bike paths and nature preserves. Indeed, the Southern charm defines every corner of this barrier island paradise.

The best time to visit Hilton Head is April and May, as well as September and October, when spring and fall shoulder seasons offer fewer crowds and warm weather. Throughout most of the year, the subtropical climate creates comfortable conditions for outdoor activities. Summer brings peak beach season with hot temperatures perfect for swimming and water sports, while winter offers mild weather ideal for golf and outdoor exploration. 

If you want to learn more about when Hilton Head offers its most amazing coastal experiences, let’s explore every season so you can plan the perfect Lowcountry island adventure.

About Hilton Head, SC

Hilton Head Island sits off the coast of South Carolina as a 12-mile-long barrier island known for world-class golf courses, pristine beaches, and preserved natural beauty. The island combines luxury resort amenities with authentic Lowcountry culture, creating an atmosphere that attracts families, couples, and sports enthusiasts year-round.

The subtropical climate features hot and oppressive summers, mild winters, with temperatures typically varying from 42°F to 89°F throughout the year. The period of May, June, July, August, and September is widely regarded as the peak season for visitation, when beach activities and water sports reach optimal conditions.

The island enjoys over 12 miles of beautiful beaches perfect for swimming, sunbathing, and beachcombing. Golf season runs year-round with peak conditions in spring and fall, while tennis and outdoor activities remain popular throughout most seasons due to the mild climate.

Hilton Head Travel Seasons at a Glance

Here’s when beach lovers arrive and when you can enjoy peaceful shores and quiet island moments.

Peak Times: May Through September and Holiday Weekends

Summer attracts the largest crowds as families and beach enthusiasts fill every oceanfront rental and beachside restaurant. Memorial Day through Labor Day represents peak beach season with hot temperatures perfect for swimming and water activities. Spring break and major holiday weekends also see increased visitor numbers.

Great Value Times: March Through April and October Through November

Spring offers leisurely vacation opportunities with temperatures ranging from mid-60s to low 70s in March, highs in the 70s in April, and highs in the low 80s in May. Fall provides comfortable weather with fewer crowds while maintaining access to most outdoor activities and beach recreation.

Peaceful Times: December Through February and Mid-Week Any Season

Winter months offer the most tranquil island experiences with mild temperatures perfect for golf and outdoor exploration. Weekday visits throughout the year provide peaceful beach walks and easier restaurant availability without weekend crowds.

Why Visit Hilton Head?

Hilton Head offers unmatched coastal experiences with 12 miles of pristine beaches perfect for swimming, shelling, and relaxation. The island features over 20 championship golf courses designed by legends like Jack Nicklaus, Arnold Palmer, and Pete Dye, making it one of America’s premier golf destinations.

The island maintains authentic Lowcountry character with historic plantations, nature preserves, and cultural sites showcasing centuries of Southern coastal heritage. Fresh seafood restaurants serve locally-caught shrimp, oysters, and fish while overlooking scenic marshlands and waterways.

Spring brings the RBC Heritage golf tournament, and in the fall is Hilton Head’s motoring festival, bringing tens of thousands of people to the island. The Hilton Head Island Concours d’Elegance & Motoring Festival honors rich tradition with southern flair, curating rare automotive collections against a distinctive Lowcountry backdrop.

Your Month-by-Month Guide to Hilton Head

  • Hilton Head in January: Mild winter weather, peaceful beaches, excellent golf conditions
  • Hilton Head in February: Comfortable temperatures, fewer crowds, perfect for outdoor activities
  • Hilton Head in March: Spring emergence, warming weather, wildflowers blooming
  • Hilton Head in April: Ideal spring conditions, comfortable beach weather, RBC Heritage tournament
  • Hilton Head in May: Perfect temperatures, beach season begins, shoulder season pricing ends
  • Hilton Head in June: Summer season launches, hot beach weather, peak family vacation time
  • Hilton Head in July: Peak summer heat, busy beaches, optimal swimming conditions
  • Hilton Head in August: Continued summer perfection, warmest ocean temperatures, high humidity
  • Hilton Head in September: Early fall comfort, warm ocean water, fewer families
  • Hilton Head in October: Perfect fall weather, comfortable temperatures, peaceful beaches
  • Hilton Head in November: Cool but pleasant, excellent golf weather, Motoring Festival
  • Hilton Head in December: Mild winter beginning, holiday decorations, quiet island atmosphere

When Is the Best Time to Visit Hilton Head?

April and May, as well as September and October, represent the best times to visit, offering fewer crowds, warm weather, ocean breeze, warming sunshine, and a tranquil atmosphere. For peak beach conditions, summer months provide hot temperatures perfect for swimming and water sports.

April and May offer maximum daytime temperatures of 22-30°C (72-86°F) with daily sunshine hours of 10 hours or more.

Visiting in Winter (December to February)

Winter showcases Hilton Head’s mild climate advantages with comfortable temperatures perfect for golf, tennis, and outdoor exploration without summer heat and humidity. Average peak temperatures rise steadily from 57.4°F (14.1°C) in January, making winter activities pleasant and enjoyable.

This season offers the most peaceful island experiences with uncrowded beaches, easy restaurant reservations, and optimal conditions for nature walks and bike rides throughout the island’s extensive trail system.

Hilton Head Weather in Winter

  • December: 45°F to 65°F | About 3 inches of rain
  • January: 42°F to 60°F | About 3 inches of rain
  • February: 45°F to 65°F | About 3 inches of rain

Things to Do in Hilton Head During Winter

Winter golf provides ideal conditions with comfortable temperatures and minimal crowds on championship courses throughout the island. Beach walks become incredibly peaceful with miles of shoreline available for shell collecting and wildlife observation.

Nature activities include bike rides through Sea Pines Forest Preserve, bird watching at Pinckney Island National Wildlife Refuge, and dolphin watching from shore or charter boats operating year-round.

Hilton Head Events in Winter

  • Holiday Light Displays – Festive decorations throughout resort communities
  • Winter Golf Tournaments – Taking advantage of perfect playing conditions
  • New Year’s Celebrations – Beachfront and resort festivities
  • Lowcountry Cultural Events – Indoor performances and art exhibitions

Food Scene in Winter

Restaurants focus on fresh seafood and Lowcountry specialties with cozy indoor dining perfect for mild winter evenings. Oyster roasts and seafood festivals celebrate the region’s maritime heritage while providing warming comfort foods.

Winter Travel Tips

Pack layers for temperature variations between morning and afternoon. Winter offers the best golf course availability and pricing. Take advantage of peaceful beaches for long walks and photography. Many outdoor activities remain available due to the mild subtropical climate.

Visiting in Spring (March to May)

Spring represents one of the ideal times to visit, with temperatures ranging from mid-60s to low 70s in March, highs in 70s in April, and highs in the low 80s in May. This season combines perfect weather with manageable crowds before summer peak season arrives.

Wildflowers bloom throughout the island while ocean temperatures gradually warm to comfortable swimming conditions by late spring.

Hilton Head Weather in Spring

  • March: 50°F to 70°F | About 4 inches of rain
  • April: 58°F to 76°F | About 3 inches of rain
  • May: 65°F to 82°F | About 4 inches of rain

Things to Do in Hilton Head During Spring

Beach activities become increasingly popular as temperatures warm and ocean conditions improve for swimming and water sports. Golf courses showcase spring beauty with blooming azaleas and perfect playing conditions.

Spring brings the RBC Heritage golf tournament, one of the PGA Tour’s most prestigious events held annually at Harbour Town Golf Links, attracting golf enthusiasts and professionals from around the world.

Hilton Head Events in Spring

  • RBC Heritage Golf Tournament – PGA Tour event at Harbour Town Golf Links
  • Spring Wildflower Walks – Guided tours showcasing the island bloom season
  • Easter Celebrations – Family-friendly events and egg hunts at resort communities
  • Outdoor Music Festivals – Taking advantage of perfect spring weather

Food Scene in Spring

Restaurants expand outdoor seating as the weather becomes ideal for waterfront dining. Spring menus feature fresh local seafood and seasonal ingredients, while outdoor bars and beach clubs reopen patios with marsh and ocean views.

Spring Travel Tips

Book accommodations early, as spring represents excellent value before summer rates begin. Pack light layers for temperature changes throughout the day. Spring offers optimal conditions for bicycle tours and nature activities. Golf course reservations become more competitive during tournament season.

Visiting in Summer (June to August)

Summer delivers peak beach season with high temperatures reaching 87.1°F (30.6°C) and 87.6°F (30.9°C) in July and August, respectively. Hot temperatures create perfect conditions for swimming, water sports, and beach activities while ocean water reaches its warmest temperatures of the year.

This season features the busiest beaches, most family activities, and peak resort atmosphere with all amenities and attractions operating at full capacity.

Hilton Head Weather in Summer

  • June: 70°F to 85°F | About 6 inches of rain
  • July: 74°F to 89°F | About 7 inches of rain
  • August: 74°F to 89°F | About 7 inches of rain

Things to Do in Hilton Head During Summer

Beach activities dominate summer experiences with swimming, boogie boarding, beach volleyball, and sandcastle building. Water sports include kayaking, paddleboarding, jet skiing, and parasailing with numerous rental operators throughout the island.

Charter fishing trips target summer species, including king mackerel, cobia, and tarpon, while dolphin watching tours operate multiple times daily from Harbour Town and other marinas.

Hilton Head Events in Summer

  • Independence Day Fireworks – Spectacular Fourth of July celebrations over Broad Creek
  • Summer Concert Series – Outdoor performances at various island venues
  • Beach Olympics – Family-friendly competitions and activities
  • Sunset Sailing Events – Regular departures showcasing stunning Lowcountry sunsets

Food Scene in Summer

Beachfront restaurants maximize outdoor seating with ocean breezes and sunset views. Summer menus highlight fresh local seafood, tropical cocktails, and light fare perfect for hot-weather dining. Ice cream shops and frozen treat vendors become essential stops during beach days.

Summer Travel Tips

Book accommodations far in advance, as summer represents peak season with the highest demand. Arrive early at popular beaches for parking and optimal spots. Pack sun protection, light clothing, and stay hydrated during hot, humid conditions. Make restaurant reservations well ahead for weekend visits.

Visiting in Fall (September to November)

Fall provides some of the year’s most pleasant conditions, with September and October offering fewer crowds and warm weather. Ocean temperatures remain warm from summer heat, while air temperatures become more comfortable for outdoor activities.

This shoulder season combines excellent weather with reduced crowds and often provides the best overall value for island vacations.

Hilton Head Weather in Fall

  • September: 70°F to 85°F | About 6 inches of rain
  • October: 62°F to 78°F | About 3 inches of rain
  • November: 52°F to 70°F | About 2 inches of rain

Things to Do in Hilton Head During Fall

Beach activities continue through October with warm ocean temperatures and comfortable air conditions. Golf courses experience ideal playing conditions with lower humidity and consistent temperatures throughout the day.

Fall features Hilton Head’s motoring festival, with the Concours d’Elegance & Motoring Festival honoring rich tradition with southern flair, attracting automotive enthusiasts and collectors to this distinctive Lowcountry event.

Hilton Head Events in Fall

  • Hilton Head Island Concours d’Elegance & Motoring Festival – Prestigious automotive celebration
  • Fall Golf Tournaments – Taking advantage of perfect playing conditions
  • Seafood Festivals – Celebrating local harvest and maritime culture
  • Thanksgiving Beach Walks – Traditional holiday activities with beautiful weather

Food Scene in Fall

Restaurants feature seasonal menus celebrating local harvest and fresh seafood. Outdoor dining remains popular with comfortable temperatures and stunning fall sunsets. Many establishments offer special events and wine dinners, taking advantage of pleasant weather.

Fall Travel Tips

September and October offer the best combination of pleasant weather and manageable crowds. Pack light layers for temperature variations between day and evening. Fall provides excellent photography opportunities with clear skies and dramatic lighting. Hurricane season officially ends on November 30th, though Hilton Head rarely experiences direct impacts.

Best Time of the Year to Visit Hilton Head (By Interest)

Choose your perfect timing based on what draws you most to this premier coastal destination:

For Perfect Beach Weather: Summer Peak

Best Time for Hilton Head Swimming and Water Sports

June through September provides the hottest temperatures and warmest ocean water, perfect for swimming, water sports, and all beach activities with peak summer conditions.

For Ideal Golf Conditions: Shoulder Seasons

Best Time for Hilton Head Championship Golf

March through May and September through November offer optimal golf weather with comfortable temperatures, lower humidity, and perfect playing conditions on world-class courses.

For Avoiding Crowds: Off-Season Peace

Best Time for Peaceful Hilton Head

December through March provides the most tranquil island experiences with mild temperatures, uncrowded beaches, and easy access to restaurants and attractions without peak season crowds.

For Best Overall Value: Spring and Fall

Best Time for Affordable Hilton Head

April and May, as well as September and October, offer the best combination of fewer crowds, warm weather, and excellent value before and after peak summer pricing.

For Family Activities: Extended Summer

Best Time for Hilton Head Family Fun

May through September provides the warmest weather, most family-oriented activities, and optimal beach conditions when all attractions and water activities operate at full capacity.

For Tennis and Outdoor Sports: Comfortable Seasons

Best Time for Hilton Head Active Adventures

March through November offers ideal conditions for tennis, biking, nature walks, and outdoor activities with comfortable temperatures and minimal weather disruptions.

For Photography and Nature: Year-Round Beauty

Best Time for Hilton Head Natural Experiences

All seasons offer unique photographic opportunities from winter’s peaceful beaches to summer’s vibrant activity, spring’s wildflowers, and fall’s perfect lighting conditions.

Where to Stay in Hilton Head

Experience exceptional beachfront homes that capture Hilton Head’s coastal lifestyle – beach access, ocean views, and luxury amenities that enhance every moment of your Lowcountry island getaway. Here are some spectacular Hilton Head homes you can book with AvantStay:

  • Dory – Just a quick walk to Hilton Head’s beautiful beaches, this is a three-story retreat designed for groups with complete amenities.
  • 30 Bradley Circle – A charming boardwalk to the beach is one of the best features of this spacious home. It offers premium accommodations for group getaways.
  • Hilton Ivory – Get to have a luxe retreat, as everything you need to enjoy the surrounding golf courses and beaches is already here in this property. 
  • Heron’s Rest – With families and group travel in mind, this waterfront Sea Pines retreat features beautiful views of Braddock Cove, a private dock, and a deck made for sunset gatherings. You’ll also be just a short walk from South Beach Marina, Salty Dog Cafe, and Hilton Head’s iconic beaches.
  • Sea Pine – As stunning as it is comfortable, this sophisticated home will let you embrace the island life and enjoy the best of what Hilton Head can offer. 

Create Your Hilton Head Itinerary

Ready to plan your Lowcountry coastal adventure? Let our team help you organize everything for your Hilton Head getaway! We can arrange golf tee times, beach equipment rentals, restaurant reservations, and authentic experiences that showcase the real character of this incredible island destination.

Just contact us or download the AvantStay App to book activities, get local recommendations, and manage your entire Hilton Head experience through one convenient platform.

Want more ideas for coastal adventures? Check out our guide to the best things to do in Hilton Head!

Plan Your Hilton Head Adventure

No matter which season calls to you, Hilton Head’s pristine beaches, world-class golf courses, authentic Lowcountry culture, and genuine Southern hospitality create memories that last forever. This destination perfectly balances beach relaxation with outdoor adventure and cultural experiences. Every visit reveals new discoveries and authentic coastal experiences.

Your perfect Hilton Head vacation home awaits. Book with AvantStay today and discover how incredible coastal getaways become when you experience Hilton Head’s legendary charm, natural beauty, and Lowcountry magic.

FAQs

Is Hilton Head expensive to visit?

Hilton Head costs significantly more during peak summer months from June through August when families fill every beachfront rental and oceanside restaurant. Hotels and dining establishments charge premium rates because demand stays high for perfect beach weather and water activities. But visit during shoulder seasons in spring or fall, and you’ll find excellent deals on luxury coastal homes while still enjoying comfortable weather and access to most activities.

How crowded does Hilton Head get?

Peak summer months bring substantial crowds, especially July and August, when beaches become busy and popular restaurants require advance reservations. However, Hilton Head’s 12 miles of beaches provide ample space even during busy periods. Spring and fall shoulder seasons offer fewer crowds with warm weather, while winter months provide the most peaceful island experiences.

When should I avoid Hilton Head?

There really isn’t a bad time to visit Hilton Head since the subtropical climate provides comfortable conditions year-round for different activities. Summer can be hot and humid for some visitors, while winter offers milder temperatures perfect for golf and outdoor exploration. Hurricane season runs from June through November, though Hilton Head rarely experiences direct impacts. The key is matching your visit to seasonal activities – come for beach fun in summer, golf in spring and fall, or peaceful relaxation in winter.

2026 Pool Heating & Maintenance Costs for Short-Term Rentals

For short-term rental owners, a pool isn’t just an amenity. It is a revenue multiplier. Listings with pools often command higher nightly rates, stronger occupancy, and better guest reviews. But behind those Instagram-worthy backyard shots lies a steady stream of operating expenses that can quietly erode your margins.

Heating, utilities, chemicals, routine service, equipment repairs, and seasonal demand shifts all add up. Without a clear understanding of these costs, a pool can quickly move from revenue driver to profit drain. In this guide, we break down the true cost of pool heating and maintenance and share practical strategies to keep expenses under control while protecting your returns.

TLDR:

  • Pool heating costs range from $50-$600 monthly depending on system type and climate.
  • Vacation rentals need chemical adjustments twice as often since guest turnover introduces sunscreen, body oils, and contaminants that disrupt pH and chlorine levels.
  • Hiring weekly service providers costs $80 to $150 but guarantees pristine water conditions at every check-in.
  • Properties with heated pools command 15-20% higher rates during shoulder seasons, extending your revenue window beyond summer peaks.
  • AvantStay manages pool maintenance across 2,300+ properties with local field teams and real-time expense tracking through Lighthouse.
Screenshot 2026-02-17 211217.png

Understanding Pool Heating System Options for Short-Term Rentals

Choosing the right pool heating system sets the foundation for your operating costs and guest satisfaction. The four main options each come with different price tags and performance profiles.

Heat pumps run $2,000 to $6,500 and work best in warm climates where they pull ambient heat from the air. They’re energy-sipping but slow to heat water, making them ideal for properties with steady booking calendars where you maintain consistent temperatures.

Gas heaters cost $1,500 to $4,500 and heat pools fast, which makes them popular for rentals with back-to-back bookings. You can warm a cold pool in hours rather than days, but monthly fuel costs add up quickly.

Solar systems range from $2,500 to $6,500 upfront but deliver nearly free heating once installed. They depend on your local sunshine and roof space, making them perfect for Florida or Arizona properties with year-round demand.

Electric resistance heaters represent the budget entry point but carry the highest operating costs. Most property managers skip these unless heating a small spa or operating in mild climates with occasional use.

Monthly Operating Costs by Heater Type

Operating expenses determine whether pool heating supports or erodes your rental income. The system you choose will impact your bottom line every month of operation.

Heater Type

Monthly Operating Cost

Best For

Heat Pump

$50 – $150

Year-round rentals in warm climates

Gas (Natural Gas)

$200 – $400

Properties with on-demand heating needs

Gas (Propane)

$300 – $500+

Quick heat-up between back-to-back bookings

Solar

$10 – $25

Sun-rich locations with steady occupancy

Electric Resistance

$175 – $600

Small pools or spas only

Heat pumps work best for properties with consistent bookings where you’re maintaining temperature continuously. Gas heaters make sense when you need quick heat-ups between guests but can shut down during gaps. Climate drives these numbers hard: a heat pump in Phoenix costs half what the same unit runs in Seattle, while solar panels in Florida deliver year-round value that Michigan properties can’t match.

Weekly Pool Maintenance Requirements for Vacation Rentals

Short-term rental pools face maintenance challenges residential pools rarely see. Your property experiences more swimmer traffic in a single weekend than many homeowners see in a month, creating accelerated wear and chemical depletion.

Weekly maintenance runs between $20 and $50 for basic in-house care, covering water chemistry testing, skimmer basket cleaning, and surface debris removal. Vacation rentals need chemical adjustments twice as often since guest turnover introduces sunscreen, body oils, and contaminants that disrupt pH and chlorine levels.

The DIY versus professional service decision hinges on your proximity and booking density. Managing care yourself saves money but requires local presence. Hiring weekly service providers costs $80 to $150 but guarantees pristine water conditions at every check-in.

Annual Pool Maintenance Budget Planning

Building an annual pool budget requires more than extrapolating weekly costs. Vacation rental pools demand reserves for unexpected repairs and seasonal preparation that protect your booking calendar.

Pool maintenance costs average $122 per month or roughly $1,400 yearly for residential properties. Rental pools typically exceed this baseline because guest turnover accelerates chemical consumption and equipment wear. Plan for chemical expenses between $175 and $750 annually depending on your pool size and water type, with saltwater systems on the lower end and traditional chlorine pools requiring more frequent supply replenishment.

Seasonal tasks add $300 to $650 for opening and winterizing services if your property sits in a climate requiring shutdown periods. Set aside a separate equipment reserve equal to 15-20% of your annual pool budget, especially for properties in beach destinations where saltwater air accelerates corrosion. Pump failures, filter replacements, or heater breakdowns during peak season can force cancellations that cost far more than the repair itself.

Should You Pass Pool Heating Costs to Guests?

The pool heating fee debate splits property managers into two camps. Some charge optional fees between $25 and $100 daily, while others bake heating costs into nightly rates to simplify bookings.

Your pricing approach should match your market position. Properties targeting families often include heating in the base rate because these travelers prioritize convenience. Luxury estates can command premium heating fees during shoulder seasons when extended use would erode margins, but most absorb costs during peak summer when heating runs minimally.

Transparency prevents negative reviews that damage your reputation and future revenue. Communicate heating availability and costs before booking.

Impact of Pool Features on Rental Revenue

Pool features directly shape your pricing power and booking rates. Properties with heated pools capture 15% to 20% higher rates during shoulder seasons when competitors’ cold pools sit empty, extending your revenue window well beyond summer peaks.

Group bookings drive the highest value reservations with longer stays across multiple bedrooms. These guests actively seek properties with standout pool amenities. Features like spa jets, waterfalls, and LED lighting add $2,000 to $10,000 in installation costs but separate your listing in markets where basic pools no longer attract premium guests.

Measure your pool ROI by tracking occupancy shifts and rate increases before and after upgrades. This data drives smarter reinvestment choices.

Optimizing Pool Costs with AvantStay’s Full-Service Management

Managing pool costs across changing guest schedules and seasonal demands requires coordination that most individual property owners struggle to maintain. We handle every aspect of pool operations for the 2,300+ properties, in our portfolio, removing the guesswork from maintenance timing and vendor selection.

Our 100-point cleaning checklist includes pool inspection between every stay, catching equipment issues before they escalate into expensive repairs or guest complaints. Local field teams coordinate weekly service visits, emergency repairs, and seasonal maintenance, working with vetted vendors who deliver consistent quality across our markets.

The Lighthouse owner portal gives you real-time visibility into pool-related expenses and how they track against rental revenue. You see exactly what maintenance costs each month and can compare performance against similar properties in your market.

Screenshot 2026-02-17 211147.png

Final Thoughts on Pool Operating Costs for Vacation Rentals

The cost of pool heating and weekly maintenance adds up quickly, but properties that manage these expenses well command higher rates and longer booking windows. Your heating system choice sets the baseline for monthly bills, while consistent maintenance prevents emergency repairs during peak season. Build realistic budgets that include equipment reserves and seasonal prep so your pool stays guest-ready without surprise expenses.

If managing multiple properties makes pool coordination difficult, AvantStay’s vacation rental management provides local field teams and vendor networks that keep your water pristine at costs individual owners can’t access.

FAQ

How much should I budget annually for pool maintenance on my short-term rental?

Plan for $1,800 to $2,400 yearly for basic maintenance on vacation rentals, which runs higher than the residential average of $1,400 due to increased guest turnover. Add another 15-20% as an equipment reserve for unexpected repairs that could force cancellations during peak season.

What’s the most cost-effective pool heating option for warm-climate rentals?

Heat pumps deliver the best long-term value in warm climates, with monthly operating costs of $50 to $150 compared to $200 to $500+ for gas systems. While they cost $2,000 to $6,500 upfront, their lower monthly expenses and 10-15 year lifespan make them ideal for year-round operations.

Should I handle pool maintenance myself or hire a professional service?

Professional service makes sense if you manage multiple properties or live remotely, costing $320 to $600 monthly but guaranteeing consistent water quality at every guest turnover. DIY saves $300 to $500 monthly but requires local presence and technical knowledge to maintain chemistry between back-to-back bookings without risking negative reviews.

Can charging for pool heating actually increase my rental revenue?

Properties with heated pools capture 15% to 20% higher nightly rates during shoulder seasons when competitors’ unheated pools sit unused. Rather than charging separate heating fees that complicate bookings, bake heating costs into your base rate to extend your revenue season beyond summer peaks.

Why do vacation rental pools cost more to maintain than residential pools?

Your rental experiences 2 to 3 times more chemical consumption than residential pools because each new guest group introduces sunscreen, body oils, and contaminants that demand immediate rebalancing. This accelerated wear from daily turnovers drives both higher supply costs and faster equipment replacement cycles.

Top 8 VRBO Park City Homes with Easy Ski-In/Ski-Out Access

Winter is coming to Park City! This world-famous ski destination has become the go-to spot for amazing powder, incredible mountain views, and unforgettable ski vacations.

Wake up to fresh snow outside your window, grab your skis, and be on the slopes in just minutes. That’s what makes Park City so special – you can spend more time skiing and less time traveling to the mountain.

Here’s some exciting news – you can book these amazing homes right now for the upcoming winter and holiday season this December! While most people wait until the last minute, booking early means you get the best homes at the best prices. 

Ready for the ultimate ski vacation? We’ve picked 8 fantastic VRBO Park City homes that put you close to the action with easy ski access to Park City Mountain Resort and Deer Valley Resort.

Best Ski-In/Ski-Out VRBO Park City Homes

These homes aren’t just places to crash before or after skiing, but they’re your mountain headquarters where every morning starts with excitement and every evening ends with cozy fireside or hot tub relaxation.

Silver Sun

Can accommodate up to 14 Guests | 5 beds and 5 baths

Silver Sun puts you right in the heart of Deer Valley’s action with easy access to some of Utah’s best skiing. After a day on the slopes, you can relax and enjoy stunning mountain views from your own private space. 

Best House Features:

  • Easy walk to Deer Valley’s Northside lift for quick mountain access
  • Spacious layout with two living spaces, a workstation, a private hot tub, and a fire pit
  • Just a two-minute drive from the spas and restaurants at Montage

Why You’ll Love Silver Sun: The location is convenient and comfortable, letting you enjoy world-class skiing without the hassle of long commutes to the mountain. 

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“Big gorgeous home fully stacked with the amenities. Ski out location was across the street up ~30 steps and then you could ski to the lift (mostly flat). Skiing back required some uphill pushing but nothing that wasn’t easily doable by any skier. The Avant team was highly responsive to every request, including getting the driveway cleared quickly when the heaters didn’t melt the fresh snow. We would be happy to return on another trip! The owners had a Peloton available for guest use, but our group would have loved more of a workout area with other equipment.” – Gregory G.

👉 Book on VRBO | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

The Ridge at Canyons Village

Can accommodate up to 15 Guests | 5 beds and 5 baths

Sitting in the heart of Canyons Village, The Ridge at Canyons Village offers the perfect home base for your Park City Mountain adventure. This spacious retreat puts you within walking distance of lifts and all the mountain action, making it a haven for skiing and snowboarding. 

Best House Features:

  • Ski In, Ski Out to Red Pine Gondola and Orange Bubble Express
  • Private hot tub, ski boot, glove dryer, fireplace, and small desk area available
  • Easy access to Canyons Village Connect shuttle and year-round activities

Why You’ll Love The Ridge at Canyons Village: The home’s layout is ideal for friend groups or multiple families who want to spread out and relax after epic powder days.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“This house was incredible and a short walk to the canyon side of park city. We were able to extend our stay an extra day which was great for our group. We will definitely stay here again if it’s available.” – Jennifer F. 

👉 Book on VRBO | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Slopewatch

Can accommodate up to 8 Guests | 4 beds and 4 baths

Located in Canyons Village at Park City Mountain Resort, Slopewatch lives up to its name by putting you right where all the ski action happens. It’s perfect for families and groups who want convenience without the premium price of true ski-in/ski-out properties.

Key Features:

  • Ski runs that go directly from the back door, and a free ride-share service
  • Arcade machine, private hot tub, 2 fireplaces, a BBQ grill, and a balcony
  • Part of Apex Residences and has access to the community pool and hot tub

Why You’ll Love Slopewatch: This 3-story townhome features high vaulted ceilings and big windows while being conveniently located at the Canyons Village base.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“Our stay with AvantStay in Park City was great. We were a family of 8 and our dog. The townhome is beautiful and had plenty of room for all of us. The kitchen was great for cooking and had all the essentials we needed. The place was super clean and the welcome treats were very nice. We will be staying again!”  – Kristine K. 

👉 Book on VRBO | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Silverado

Can accommodate up to 11 Guests | 4 beds and 4 baths

If you’re coming with more people in your crew, head to Silverado. A bigger home that makes your ski vacation feel extra special. This beautiful 3-story condominium is a ski-in/ski-out offering premium amenities for après-ski relaxation. 

Best House Features:

  • Access to Apex Clubhouse amenities such as the pool and hot tub
  • Mud room on the ski access entryway & garage, private hot tub, 2 fireplaces
  • Easy access to Canyons Village lifts via free shuttle service

Why You’ll Love Silverado: The Park City Transit app promotes easy transportation, as its bus does come directly to this building.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“We enjoyed our stay immensely. The home was at a beautiful location with an amazing view. It was very easy to ski out of and was well appointed for our party of six people. We used the Jacuzzi daily and that was awesome. The entertainment equipment in each room was fantastic. The kitchen is well appointed and comes with all the seasonings you need to cook. We will definitely stay again. Over all we enjoyed how spacious it was. Having two sets of washer and dryer wash great. It really was excellent.” – Kristine K. 

👉 Book on VRBO | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Woodside Getaway

Can accommodate up to 6 Guests | 3 beds and 2 baths

A charming, remodeled historic home on Woodside Avenue, Woodside Getaway is the cozy mountain hideaway Park City daydreams are made of. You’re a short walk from both the base of Park City Mountain Resort and Main Street, so slopes, shops, and dinner never require the car keys.

Best House Features:

  • Vaulted ceilings, flood of natural light, and a fireplace made for post-slope movie nights
  • Private hot tub on the back patio, plus a four-poster king primary suite with walkout balcony
  • Newly updated chef’s kitchen with stainless steel appliances; pack n’ play and high chair available

Why You’ll Love Woodside Getaway: It delivers slopes-and-downtown convenience with genuine historic Old Town character — the kind of cozy that modern builds can’t fake.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

”We’ve stayed at this house twice now and both times were great! The pictures matched the house and getting into the house was very easy. Quick walk into town. AvantStay was very repsonsive when we had a question. The kitchen was well stocked.
As others mentioned, the upstaris bedroom gets warm, even in the cooler months, we slept comfortably with the windows open.
– Marissa

👉 Book on VRBO | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Juniper Landing 3 Bedroom

Can accommodate up to 7 Guests | 3 beds and 3 baths

Juniper Landing 3 Bedroom provides all of the touches that make for the perfect mountain getaway. Located in the Canyons Village at Park City Mountain Resort, this home offers ski convenience, family and group-friendly amenities, and easy shuttle access to the lifts. 

Best House Features:

  • Community access includes a lap pool, hot tub, fire pits, and a fully equipped gym
  • Fireplace, gas grill, board games, pack n play & high chair available upon request
  • Within walking distance of the Frostwood Gondola

Why You’ll Love Juniper Landing: Adults and kids can have fun and adventure with the home’s access to lots of community amenities.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“The home was perfect for our family spring break ski trip. Canyons has always been one of our favorite places. This home made it even more special. The ski rack, boot dryer, and bench in the garage were a nice touch. Having the pool and hot tub directly across the street was very convenient. The kitchen was equipped with everything we would ever need. The crockpot was a nice surprise! When we return to the Canyons we will definitely stay here again! Thank you!” – Ramil C. 

👉 Book on VRBO | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Resort Plaza

Located at the base of Park City Mountain Resort, Resort Plaza has some of the best shops, restaurants, and activities that your whole group will enjoy. Depending on which room you choose, our homey mountain condos are available on VRBO as follows: 

Best Home Features:

  • There are elevators available for use, and balconies to unwind
  • Access to the community pool and hot tub at The Lodge in the Mountain Village building
  • Within 50 yards of the Payday lift, a high-speed quad lift

Why You’ll Love Resort Plaza: The unbeatable activities, either for summer or winter, make this ideal for those who want to spend as much time as possible on the incredible terrains.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“Great ski-out ski-in location with amazing views on both sides. It was great watching the lift start in the morning as we had our coffee, knowing we’d be out there soon. The condo was well appointed and had everything we needed for cooking, eating, socializing, and taking advantage of the pool and hot tub (pool towels!). Steps from the slopes and an easy walk to town. Ski rentals in the building. The mix of bed combinations (queens, full, singles,…) across the rooms was perfect for our family vacation. We had a wonderful time.” – Geoffroy DC. 

👉 Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Mont Cervin

Located in the exclusive Silver Lake Village, Mont Cervin condos are included in the Coopers Collection, where each unit features the best amenities and views. It is ski-in/ski-out at Deer Valley Resort and has easy ski access to some of Utah’s most famous skiing slopes. 

Depending on which unit you choose, our luxury condos are available on VRBO as follows:

Best Home Features:

  • Short walk to Upper Deer Valley lifts through beautiful Silver Lake Village
  • Private outdoor hot tub with complimentary heating and fireplaces
  • Operational elevator and wheelchair accessible, ski storage is also available

Why You’ll Love Mont Cervin: You can take advantage of the easy transportation to the Old Town Transit Hub on Main Street with the free #4 Orange Bus. 

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“Awesome spot with easy access to the lifts and Silver Lake Lodge. Unit is slightly dated but very well maintained and perfectly clean. Functional kitchen, decently stocked. Would definitely stay again if skiing at Deer Valley.” – Jordyn B. 

You may also book multiple Mont Cervin condos, as a 2-unit, 4-unit, or full buyout. For more information, call us via our guest support line at (833) 442-8268 or send us an email to experience@avantstay.com. 

👉 Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Pick the Right Location and Plan Your Perfect Trip

Mountain Village and Canyons Village put you at the base of Park City Mountain Resort, while Silver Lake Village gives you direct access to Deer Valley. Some homes offer true ski-in/ski-out access, while others provide easy shuttle or walking access to lifts. 

Book early for winter 2025 to 2026. Deer Valley’s expansion project adds significant new terrain, and with limited lodging, early booking means better selection and lower prices. Holiday weeks fill up first, too, followed by January weekends during Sundance.

Experience Utah’s famous powder snow this holiday season and start planning the mountain vacation you’ve been dreaming about. If you need more activity ideas to add to your itinerary, our 35 best things to do in Park City cover everything from outdoor adventures to cultural attractions year-round.

About Park City, Utah

Park City sits at 7,000 feet in Utah’s Wasatch Mountains and gets over 300 inches of snow each year. Two major resorts call this place home. Park City Mountain Resort covers over 7,300 acres with 348 trails, while Deer Valley Resort focuses on luxury groomed runs and limits daily skiers so you never feel crowded.

When to Visit and What to Expect

The ski season runs from late November through April, with January and February bringing the deepest powder. Historic Main Street offers dozens of restaurants, bars, and shops within walking distance of the resorts. Summer brings mountain biking, hiking, zip lining, and the alpine slide when ski lifts turn into scenic rides. For timing your visit perfectly, check out our guide on the best time to visit Park City.

Getting Around the Ski Town

Park City runs free shuttle buses connecting the resorts, downtown, and many neighborhoods. The town gets busy during ski season (especially holidays and the Sundance Film Festival in January), while summer offers a more relaxed pace. Take note that most restaurants close between 2-5 PM, and altitude can affect people differently, so drink lots of water on your first day.

Why Park City Should Be Your Next Destination

Park City stands out among mountain destinations for good reasons. Especially with the fact that this Utah town is just 30 minutes from a major airport. If you’re planning a winter ski trip or summer mountain adventure, here’s what makes Park City worth your time:

  • Amazing Skiing and Snowboarding: Park City is home to top ski resorts like Deer Valley and Park City Mountain. It offers many runs for all skill levels.
  • Fun Summer Activities: In summer, enjoy hiking, mountain biking, alpine coasters, zip lines, and scenic chairlift rides.
  • Charming Main Street: Stroll down Historic Main Street to find unique shops, art galleries, restaurants, and lively nightlife.
  • Exciting Events: Don’t miss the Sundance Film Festival, concerts, and Utah Olympic Park for great cultural experiences.
  • Easy to Reach: Just 30 minutes from Salt Lake City International Airport, Park City is easy to access for any trip.
  • Beautiful Mountain Scenery: The town is surrounded by stunning mountains, making it a perfect mix of adventure and natural beauty.

Related: Park City Airbnbs That You Can Book for Any Time of the Year

Make This Winter Unforgettable

Don’t wait until the snow starts falling to book your Park City ski vacation. These VRBO homes with easy ski access offer everything you need for an unforgettable winter getaway. 

With Park City’s ski season typically running from late November through April, you have months of incredible skiing ahead. Your perfect ski home is waiting, and all you need to do is choose your favorite and start counting down the days until you’re carving fresh tracks on Park City’s world-famous slopes.

Secure your ski paradise and book your dream VRBO Park City home today with AvantStay!

22 Park City Airbnbs That You Can Book for Any Time of the Year

From the vibrant blooms of spring hiking and the thrilling trails of summer biking to the breathtaking colors of fall foliage and, yes, the unbeatable ski season.

Ever thought of Park City as just a winter wonderland? Think again! While the fresh powder and après-ski scene are legendary, this mountain escape truly shines in every season. But to really make the most of this ever-changing paradise, you need a home base that’s just as ready for adventure as you are, no matter what the calendar says.

We’ve put together a list of the best Park City Airbnbs that you can go to any time of the year, whether you’re chasing summer sunshine, autumn leaves, spring blooms, or that perfect winter ski trip. 

Get ready to discover homes that are ready to welcome you for every kind of Park City memory, 365 days a year!

Orion

Stay at Orion, a stunning, newly built luxury home in Park City that has incredible mountain views and is a perfect blend of outdoor adventures and relaxation for any season. This home feels modern and upscale inside with lots of light and space for everyone to enjoy. It’s also super conveniently located just minutes from Deer Valley and a short drive from Main Street, making it an elevated base for exploring everything Park City has to offer!

Top Amenities: Newly built, two-way fireplace, private office, downstairs living area with wet bar and game area (foosball), spacious covered deck with outdoor lounge seating and fire pit table, just minutes away from newly expanded Deer Valley Resort and Jordanelle Reservoir.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“House was beautiful and super convenient to Park City and Deer Valley resorts. Everything was new and clean. The host was very responsive and helpful with anything we needed throughout the stay. I would highly recommend this home!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Blue Skies Lakeside

A charming home in Park City where beautiful mountain views meet peaceful lakeshores, giving you a perfect mix of outdoor fun and relaxation no matter the season. Escape to Blue Skies Lakeside, where it feels really welcoming and cozy with comfy spaces for everyone to gather, eat, and unwind after a day of exploring. Its location is amazing, just minutes from both the slopes and the lake, making it super easy to dive into all the adventures Park City and the outdoors have for you!

Top Amenities: Minutes from Park City Mountain’s world-class ski slopes and Jordanelle Reservoir, private hot tub on the patio, well-equipped kitchen with Keurig, two inviting living areas with cozy fireplace, upper balcony with BBQ, washer and dryer.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“Plenty of room and very comfortable. With bedrooms upstairs and on the bottom level, this home would be ideal for a large family or group. Short drive to Park City and to Heber City as well. The hot tub was nice after a long day on the slopes. I would recommend reading the instructions that are sent (I didn’t) as they shared helpful information that I would have taken advantage of i.e. having groceries delivered since we arrived after 10pm and local ski equipment rental in the neighborhood. Kitchen is well appointed with plenty of pots, pans and even a variety of spices. Everything was very clean and well done. Would definitely recommend.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Reflection

Be absolutely amazed at Reflection, a truly luxurious mountain retreat tucked away above the Jordanelle Reservoir where stunning nature views come together perfectly for any season. This upscale home is designed to show off incredible, sweeping vistas from nearly everywhere, inviting you to relax and enjoy memorable moments with your whole group. It is an ultimate escape with tons of adventure nearby, being just minutes from the reservoir for summer fun!

Top Amenities: Panoramic views of Jordanelle Reservoir & Wasatch Mountains, floor-to-ceiling windows, living area with wet bar and game room (pool table), secondary firepit in yard, bocce ball court, chef’s kitchen, living rooms with fireplaces. 

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“Absolutely breathtaking views! Beautiful home! We had a wonderful time together in the house. Is the perfect setting and amenities for a magical trip in any season. Avent Stay, the property manager, was wonderful to work with. A top notch rental experience.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Juniper Landing Bedroom 3

Step into this bright townhome and feel instantly welcomed by its stylish, open rooms filled with sunshine – it’s truly a perfect spot for a mountain escape any time of the year. Juniper Landing Bedroom 3 makes it easy for your group to gather comfortably, relax together, and enjoy the beautiful views around you. Plus, its location means you’re just a short walk to the gondola for quick access to all the mountain and village fun!

Top Amenities: Walkable to the Frostwood Gondola, community pool, hot tub, & gym, full kitchen, balcony/deck, fireplace. Within walking distance to Canyons Village shops and restaurants.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“The home was perfect for our family spring break ski trip. Canyons has always been one of our favorite places. This home made it even more special. The ski rack, boot dryer, and bench in the garage were a nice touch. Having the pool and hot tub directly across the street was very convenient. The kitchen was equipped with everything we would ever need. The crockpot was a nice surprise! When we return to the Canyons we will definitely stay here again! Thank you!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Powder Pointe

Escape to Powder Pointe, your own mountain retreat located right at the base of Canyons Village, offering incredible views and a comfy place to relax no matter the time of year. This home makes it super easy to get to the slopes and explore nearby spots, helping you plan your perfect Park City adventure with ease. With everything you need conveniently close by, it’s a great base for enjoying all that Park City has to offer!

Top Amenities: Located at the base of Canyons Village, a 5-minute walk to Canyons Cabriolet Gondola, complimentary on-call shuttle service in winter, access to heated outdoor pool, hot tub, and sauna at Red Pine Clubhouse, minutes from Main Street and Utah Olympic Park.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“We had a great stay! The place was exactly as described and had plenty of room for our two families. The kids loved the bunk room! The kitchen was great and we all enjoyed the fire place. Would definitely stay here again!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Park Ave Getaway

Park Ave Getaway is your cozy home tucked away in a really great spot in Park City, sitting right next to a park and just a quick stroll from Main Street and a lift, making it a perfect base for any time of year. When you step inside, it feels super welcoming with bright, open spaces and views of the mountains and park, ready for everyone to gather and relax together. It’s truly an ideal location if you want to easily experience a little bit of everything Park City has to offer!

Top Amenities: Just a few minutes’ walk from Main Street and the Old Town lift, located right next to Park City Library and park, views of the mountain ski resort and park, multiple living areas, back deck, mudroom, ski storage, private outdoor seating area.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“Perfect for a couples trip. The location was walking distance from the slopes, and there’s a hot tub overlooking a dog park, so it doesn’t get much better than that!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Silver Strike

Welcome to Silver Strike, a truly luxurious mountain escape right next to the Silver Strike Express Lift, giving you the ultimate ski-in, ski-out experience and a wonderful place to stay any time of year. Once you’re inside, the home feels welcoming and fancy, with a stylish design perfect for relaxing in comfort after a day exploring the mountains. It’s an unforgettable retreat with adventure and upscale amenities right at your fingertips!

Top Amenities: Ski-in, ski-out location next to Silver Strike Express Lift, direct access to the slopes, private hot tub with mountain views, fully equipped kitchen with top-of-the-line appliances, cozy living room with fireplace, Minutes from Park City Main St.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“My husband, niece and I enjoyed the beautiful ski in ski out condo! The location was perfect and the condo was clean, comfortable, and well equipped. We enjoyed the hot tub and the view! I would definitely recommend this place and plan another trip here! Thank you for being a great host!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Woodside Getaway

A truly charming and updated historic home in Park City that just feels so bright and open, making it a perfect spot–say hello to Woodside Getaway. The inside is designed for everyone to easily gather and relax after a day out, with a warm and welcoming feel. Its location is amazing, just a short walk from both the base of the resort and lively Main Street, offering great convenience for whatever you have planned!

Top Amenities: Short walk to the base of Park City Mountain Resort and Main Street, charming, remodeled, historic home, vaulted ceilings, flood of natural light, open layout, private hot tub on the back patio, fully stocked kitchen with stainless steel appliances, washer/dryer.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“We’ve stayed at this house twice now and both times were great! The pictures matched the house and getting into the house was very easy. Quick walk into town. AvantStay was very repsonsive when we had a question. The kitchen was well stocked. As others mentioned, the upstaris bedroom gets warm, even in the cooler months, we slept comfortably with the windows open.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Parkview Mountain House

Parkview Mountain House is built for the traveler who treats Park City as a 365-day playground — and it has the hardware to prove it. A 2025 AvantStay Awards finalist, this striking modern retreat pairs an architectural exterior with a warm, light-filled open layout, sliding doors to the patio, and a private hot tub under the stars. The garage doubles as a proper basecamp with ski racks, a boot dryer, and a dedicated waxing and tuning workstation, while dual desks keep remote workers connected between adventures. Slopes, trails, and Historic Main Street are all just minutes from your door.

Top Amenities: 2025 AvantStay Awards finalist, private hot tub and BBQ patio, garage gear room with waxing/tuning station, ski racks, and boot dryer, dual work desks, chef’s kitchen with dining for eight, minutes to Deer Valley, Park City Mountain, and Main Street.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“We had a wonderful time staying at this beautiful place with three other friends for a ski trip. The furniture was lovely, and it was only a 15-minute drive to Park City Ski Resort and a 20-minute drive to Salt Lake City. Everything went smoothly, and we will definitely recommend this place to anyone visiting the area!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Jupiter Peak

Experience the ultimate mountain retreat at Jupiter Peak, a stunning townhome that gives you gorgeous mountain views and a cozy place to unwind, no matter when you visit Park City. This home is set up great for enjoying the scenery and relaxing, perfect for your getaway. Plus, it’s in a super handy spot near Deer Valley and Main Street, with easy access to the free town shuttle to help you get around and see everything!

Top Amenities: Located in Deer Lake Village, gorgeous mountain views, private hot tub and BBQ area, close access to Park City’s complimentary shuttle system, fully equipped kitchen with Keurig, full-size washer and dryer, deck with seating.  

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“The set up of the rooms (4 bedrooms) each with their own shower was really great. It allowed three sets of adults some private space and then let kids share a bunk room. The sizing and set up of all the bedrooms and shared living space was just the right amount to feel cozy and still be able to spread out. We really appreciated the Avantstay managers: they were easy to work with; we had to make a schedule change early on and they took care of that easily for us. We had a couple of questions and concerns during the trip and they quickly gave us responses as well as took note of our concerns to maintain the property for the next guests.We are booking with Avantstay again next year!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Main Street Escape

If Park City had a crown jewel of a home address, Main Street Escape would have it. This stunning 5-bedroom, 3,200+ sq ft Old Town townhome sits right off Historic Main Street, giving you that rare combo of total mountain comfort and zero-effort access to the best shops, restaurants, and nightlife in town. Inside, the stone-faced fireplace and Viking & Sub-Zero kitchen anchor a beautifully remodeled open-concept main level made for gathering — and when you’re ready for fresh air, a deck spanning the full width of the home delivers sweeping Deer Valley views. After a full day on the slopes or trails, the private hot tub is waiting.

Top Amenities: Right off Historic Main Street, stone-faced fireplace and 3,200+ sq ft of luxury living, commercial-grade Viking & Sub-Zero kitchen with seating for 10, expansive deck with Deer Valley and Park City valley views, private hot tub, double car garage, Deer Valley Resort nearby.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“The location is unbeatable — right at the top of Main Street with everything at your doorstep. The home is stunning, perfectly equipped, and the hot tub after a day on the slopes is exactly what you need.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Snow King

Get ready to kick off your Park City adventure at Snow King, a home that feels like a cozy mountain lodge, giving your group just the right amount of space and comfort. Step inside rooms full of light that are perfect for hanging out and enjoying time together after a day exploring the outdoors or the town. Its location puts you conveniently close to both Main Street and several big ski resorts, making it a top pick for an easy and fun getaway!

Top Amenities: Proximity to Park City’s Main St. and multiple major ski resorts, roomy living area with wood-burning fireplace, spacious kitchen and dining area with bay windows and natural lighting, private hot tub, sauna. 

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“This home was absolutely amazing! It is about a 10 min walk to town, 5 min walk to the nearest lift and right across the street from a dog park. Plenty of room and very clean. We will definitely look to book this place again in the future. Can’t say enough good things about the experience!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Alpine Abode

Check out Alpine Abode, a stunning single-level place right in the heart of Canyons Village with views that will seriously take your breath away. This condo is designed for comfort and convenience with unique elevator access, letting you easily get around and enjoy everything the village and mountains have to offer. Being right at the base of Canyons Village means you’re perfectly located for exploring and making the most of your trip!

Top Amenities: Stunning single-level residence with elevator access, private patio with epic Canyons Village views and BBQ grill, located right at the base of Canyons Village and the 13th hole of the Canyons Golf Course with easy access to Park City’s free transportation system.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“Great location with an easy walk to the lift! The unit is also beautiful with amazing sunrises in the morning. Community hot tub also very close!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Hillside Overlook

Hillside Overlook offers the best of both worlds in Park City, giving you that quiet mountain getaway feel with amazing views while still being right in the heart of Old Town. This home is easy to enjoy with stunning scenery, or gather with your group for relaxing meals and downtime inside. The free town trolley stopping right outside is a huge bonus, letting you easily explore all the shops, restaurants, and lifts without needing your car!

Top Amenities: Old Town views from multiple rooms and expansive wrap-around deck, Main Street Trolley stops just steps from the home, complimentary transportation right from the doorstep, oversized hot tub.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“This house is super well appointed with all the amenities you could ask for at a ski resort town like Park City. 100 steps from main street, hot tub, lovely deck with outstanding views. You can feel that this is not just a rental home but someone’s second home away from home.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Quicksilver

Step into Quicksilver, a place that strikes a cool balance between sleek and modern style with that cozy cabin feeling, making it a great spot to hit pause and recharge after any kind of day in Park City. How you choose to unwind here is totally up to you, whether you’re chilling by the fireplace or curled up in one of the comfy beds. It’s an ideal hideaway for resting up and being ready for whatever Park City adventures await, no matter the season!

Top Amenities:  Big windows, vaulted ceilings, fireplace, TV, comfortable beds, pack n’ play, and high chair available. Near The Moose Cafe, Snowbird, Deer Valley Resort, Park City Mountain, Historic Main Street.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“We had a wonderful time at this property. House was very clean and check in process could not have been easier. Definitely would recommend it and would stay there again. Great experience for my whole family.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Raddon

Step back in time at Raddon, a truly one-of-a-kind Victorian gem nestled right in the heart of Park City’s Old Town that offers a unique and soulful escape from ordinary homes. This historic place is bursting with character, blending its old-world aesthetic with comfy modern touches. A perfect spot to relax after a day of adventure and enjoy lovely views from the balconies. Its unbeatable location, just steps from bustling Main Street and the slopes, makes it rare.

Top Amenities:  Inviting interior with historic roots, two spacious balconies and treetop views, exposed wood beams, fully equipped kitchen, cozy living room with fireplace, private hot tub, near Deer Valley Mountain Resort, and local restaurants/bars.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“My wife and I rented this property for a family ski vacation with our two sons, their wife\fiance and our two 4yr old granddaughters. It was perfect. We all felt very comfortable in the space. The location was ideal. Very walkable, just a block to Main Street Park City. The property was very well supplied with linens, towels and kitchen\cooking utensils. Hot tub, front porch and inside fireplace were all lovely. I highly recommend this property for a family vacation or gathering of friends. In addition, AvantStay was very responsive and accommodating to our requests\needs.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Silver Sun

Discover a beautiful custom home nestled in Deer Valley’s Empire Pass that gives you exquisite mountain views and amazing ski-in/ski-out access, making it a perfect luxury retreat for any season. Silver Sun offers comfy, spacious living areas for everyone to gather and relax, whether you’ve been out on the slopes or just taking in the views from inside or out. Its location is great, offering a peaceful mountain setting that’s still just a short drive from the fun of Main Street!

Top Amenities: Exquisite mountain views, ski-in/ski-out access just 150 feet away, private office with workstation, two living spaces, private hot tub and fire pit, fully equipped kitchen, two-minute drive from spas and restaurants at Montage.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“Beautiful home! Well appointed kitchen – great for cooking family meals. Gorgeous views and excellent location. Luckily was still ski in / ski out (following short walk up the drive /few steps enroute to Northside Lift). Very thoughtful and much appreciated welcome amenity & quick response to our on site questions. Look forward to returning!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Resort Plaza #5012

Resort Plaza #5012 is a wonderfully located condo right in the base village of Park City Mountain Resort, where you can cozy up and soak in mountain views throughout the year. This spot makes it incredibly easy to get out and play, with the lifts for skiing, mountain biking, and hiking right outside your door! It’s a fantastic and convenient base for anyone wanting unbeatable access to the mountain and easy transportation to explore all of Park City.

Top Amenities: Conveniently located in Park City Mountain Resort, lifts for skiing/mountain biking/hiking, free, citywide shuttle route, mountain views, seasonal shared hot tubs, pack n’ play, and high chair available. 

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“We very much enjoyed our stay. Great location- n easy walk to lifts. Condo was spacious and worked perfectly for our group. Avant Stay was on it!!!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Silvertown

Imagine stepping into a spot in Park City that feels completely fresh and modern – that’s Silvertown, ready for your next trip any time of the year! This condo is set up for effortless exploring, putting you just a short walk from the slopes and a quick ride away from Main Street and all the town’s hotspots. It is comfortable and convenient, making it your perfect home for enjoying Park City adventures, whatever the season!

Top Amenities: Walkable to the Park City bus stop, Starbucks, and a grocery store. Ski rentals are just 3 minutes away. Two living rooms with a fireplace, a loft space, a fully equipped kitchen, available cribs, and a high chair.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“3 adults, 5 kids, and our small dog had more than enough room to spread out. The description and photos are accurate. Everything in the property was in good working order. The hosts proactively checked in with us via text throughout the stay and answered the one property-related question very quickly and accurately. Good experience.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Silverado

Time for Silverado! A sophisticated and modern mountain house where you and your fave people can come together beautifully. An ideal getaway where majestic views help you feel right at home any time of year. This place is designed for relaxing after your adventures and enjoying the stunning landscape. With easy ski-in/ski-out access and a focus on comfort, it’s a truly perfect spot for your Park City escape!

Top Amenities: ski-in/ski-out access to the Apex Clubhouse that has a spa, pool, fitness center, massage room, sauna, and workspace, private hot tub on the balcony, fireplace, near Deer Valley Mountain Resort, Main Street, and local restaurants/bars.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“Blown away!!! This vacation rental exceeded every single one of our expectations and then some. The level of care and attention the hosts provided was extraordinary. They had a high chair and 2 pack n play cribs in the condo ready to go for us. Made it so easy. The condo itself was immaculate, modern, clean, and equipped with all the amenities you could want. Great views through the massive windows. Parking spot in the parking garage is 2 steps from your door, on the same level as the kitchen and main living room. True ski in/out off your porch. Every detail is carefully thought out to ensure maximum comfort and convenience. One of the most impressive experiences was how accommodating the staff was. We had a little trouble figuring out how to use the TV and the gas fireplace, and they had someone, Chris (a lifesaver!), at the door within 15 minutes! He was so friendly, replaced the batteries in the remote, walked us through how everything worked, and made sure we were completely set up. They even followed up later to apologize for the “inconvenience,” though honestly, it barely felt like one at all, especially given how quickly they helped us out! If you’re looking for a place where luxury meets genuine hospitality, this is it. I could not say enough to compliment how fantastic the condo, location, and AvantStay was. Thank you for going above and beyond to make our stay unforgettable!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Norfolk Escape

Charming, cozy, and warm (in a good way), Norfolk Escape is your home tucked away in Park City’s Old Town. With its welcoming feeling, it makes it a perfect spot for a mountain getaway with family or friends any time of year! This place is designed for comfort and relaxation after a day on the hill, with inviting spaces you’ll look forward to coming home to. Its location is fantastic and super easy to explore all the shops, restaurants, and slopes!

Top Amenities: 5-minute walk to the Town Lift and Main Street for shops and best restaurants in the area, hot tub, washer/dryer, fully stocked kitchen, card and board games, pack n’ play and high chair available. 

What Our Recent Guest Said:

Great location: a 5 minute walk down the street gets you on Town Lift and on the slopes. And a 5-10 min walk gets you to the heart of Old Town Park City with all the best restaurants and bars! Very Spacious and Homey: Plenty of comfortable seating in the family room for our group to spread out and watch TV or play games after a day on the slopes! The primary bed room and bunk room are large rooms with plenty of space. The queen bedroom is on the small size , just enough room for the bed, and could use a TV. Kitchen is large and well stocked with serving ware and equipment. We would highly recommend this home!!

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Mountain Lover

A truly luxurious and modern home perched high on a bluff where breathtaking views and comfortable design blend perfectly for a fantastic escape any time of year. Mountain Lover is set up for your group to easily enjoy the adventure and tranquility from inside and out. With stylish spaces to relax after exploring the outdoors or the town, its location also provides super convenient access to the reservoir for summer fun.

Top Amenities: Views of Wears Valley and Jordanelle Reservoir, bedrooms with fireplaces, balcony access, work and office area. Private at-home fitness studio, home theater with projector screen, pool table, foosball table, wet bar, airy deck, private hot tub, BBQ grill.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“Recently stayed in this property with our extended family and had a wonderful time. There was plenty of room for everybody, the home is immaculately clean, and views are spectacular! It snowed during our stay and we were grateful that the neighborhood was promptly plowed and the driveway was heated, which made getting in and out a breeze. AvantStay was easy to work with, regularly communicated with us to make sure that check-in and check-out were seamless, and was responsive to all of our needs throughout our stay.Anybody staying here should be aware that the neighborhood is still under construction (which the listing makes clear), but we didn’t find it obtrusive and wouldn’t hesitate to stay again.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Is Park City Only Fun When It Snows?

You might know Park City is best for its amazing ski slopes in the winter, but honestly? This town is a total blast all year round. So, the answer is no.

If you’re thinking about booking one of these awesome Airbnbs and you might be wondering what there is to do when there’s no snow on the ground. Get ready to be surprised!

Aside from the best things to do in Park City, when spring arrives and the snow melts, the mountains turn into a huge playground for hiking and mountain biking, with tons of trails opening up. 

Summer brings warm, sunny days perfect for exploring even more trails, trying out water sports on nearby lakes like Jordanelle Reservoir, or enjoying outdoor concerts and festivals. 

Fall is absolutely beautiful with all the leaves changing colors, making it a gorgeous time for scenic drives and crisp hikes, plus the crowds are usually smaller. 

Even in the “shoulder seasons,” you can still explore the charming shops and restaurants on Historic Main Street, visit the Utah Olympic Park, or just relax and take in the stunning mountain scenery.

Make Memories No Matter What the Calendar Says

Intrigued enough to experience the magic of Park City throughout the year? Every season is prime time for making lasting memories, and finding a great place to stay that welcomes you year-round is the first step to making that happen. Book a stay today!

Explore all Park City homes →

10 Vacation Houses With EV Charging Station

Electric vehicle ownership transforms how you plan vacations. Gone are the days when your destination choices are a result of your forced detours due to crowded public charging stations or rental houses that don’t even have it. 

Modern travelers nowadays want accommodations that match their sustainable lifestyle, where plugging in your Tesla or EV feels as natural as connecting to WiFi. Our vacation houses with EV charging stations solve the biggest headache electric vehicle owners face during trips. 

Instead of mapping charging stops, timing your arrivals around station availability, or paying premium rates at highway fast chargers, you simply park, plug in, and wake up to a fully charged battery. 

Your car powers up overnight while you’re sleeping, swimming, or enjoying dinner, making the next day’s adventures possible without planning entire itineraries around charging infrastructure.

From desert estates to mountain retreats, these properties prove you don’t sacrifice luxury when choosing green travel options.

EV-Ready Vacation Homes

These thoughtfully equipped homes deliver more than just charging convenience. They represent a new generation of vacation rentals where smart features, sustainable amenities, and modern technology create seamless experiences for eco-conscious travelers.

The Pond Estate – Coachella Valley, California

Can accommodate up to 20 guests | 11 beds and 10 baths

The Pond Estate is a 12-acre luxury compound that redefines desert entertaining. Three separate homes, indoor and outdoor pools, and a 3,000-square-foot game house create an entertainment complex most resorts envy. 

The property’s recent Architectural Digest-featured renovation makes groups spread across multiple living spaces without ever feeling cramped. This home is indeed perfect for multi-family vacations or friend reunions where everyone needs their own space.

Why You’ll Love The Pond Estate: The EV charging station means your electric vehicle stays powered throughout your desert adventures without hunting for public chargers in Palm Springs. 

The home features hot tubs, a private tennis and pickleball court, a private pond with landscaped grounds, a cinema room, a home gym with sauna and steam room, and a yoga/meeting space perfect for wellness retreats or corporate gatherings.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“Beautiful property, would definitely recommend to others and will be back again! Hosts were wonderful and ready to accommodate.” – Khloe W.

👉 Book The Pond Estate

Sky Canyon Lodge – Lake Arrowhead, California

Can accommodate up to 10 guests | 4 beds and 3 baths

Mountain views from every level make this Lake Arrowhead retreat feel worlds away from Southern California’s urban sprawl. The open floor plan in Sky Canyon Lodge creates gathering spaces where families actually want to spend time together instead of hiding in separate rooms.

Top balcony positioning gives perfect vantage points for Lake Arrowhead’s famous fireworks displays, creating spontaneous celebration moments that become everyone’s vacation highlights that nobody planned.

Why You’ll Love Sky Canyon Lodge: Charge your EV in the garage while exploring Lake Arrowhead’s alpine beauty without worrying about finding charging stations in mountain towns.

The home features a game room with entertainment options, a hot tub for mountain sunset soaking, a fire pit perfect for s’mores and stargazing, decks with lake and mountain views, and proximity to hiking trails, lakes, and skiing within short drives.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“The home was beautiful, clean with lots of open space. The kitchen was easy to work in, everything we needed was there. Family enjoyed the game room, and especially the hot tub. Bonus feature- we enjoyed the lake arrowhead fireworks from the top balcony, while roasting marshmallows for our s’mores on the fire pit. Perfect location to make family memories in an amazingly beautiful area. Lakes, hiking, just a short drive away. Lovely bedrooms, plenty of bathrooms, lovely wood floors, and decor!! Thank you 🙏” – Mary F.

👉 Book Sky Canyon Lodge

Tranquil Waterside – Poconos, Pennsylvania

Can accommodate up to 16 guests | 5 beds and 3 baths

Large families or groups find Tranquil Waterside a space for quality time without feeling cramped. Bedroom views showcase natural beauty that makes waking up feel like a vacation instead of just another morning. 

You are literally located on the lake, so expect lake views everywhere you go! Plus, the convenient layout means everyone accesses common areas easily while maintaining privacy in sleeping quarters.

Why You’ll Love Tranquil Waterside: Charge your EV on-site while enjoying Pocono’s lake activities without stressing about finding charging stations in rural mountain areas. 

The home features a private boat dock for kayaking and water adventures, a game room with a pool table, ping pong, and foosball, a fire pit for evening gatherings under stars, and Poconos community amenities access.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“This is a fantastic home for large family members or groups. The space is very convenient to good quality time. The views from the bedrooms are stunning. Very nice location and very helpful Host it was great time.” – Kipa S.

👉 Book Tranquil Waterside

Villa del Gallo – Coachella Valley, California

Can accommodate up to 16 guests | 7 beds and 5 baths

This Coachella Valley property accommodates large groups where everyone finds space. The layout at Villa del Gallo creates private areas where families retreat when needed, while maintaining gorgeous common spaces for gathering. 

Beautiful decor also adds the colorful personality of this home, without feeling overwhelming; it makes every photo you take in this home look Instagram-worthy without trying.

Why You’ll Love Villa del Gallo: Charge your electric vehicle overnight while enjoying desert adventures across the Coachella Valley without hunting for public charging stations. 

The home features a private swimming pool with tons of lounge seating, a spa that heats quickly for desert evening soaks, a game room packed with board and table games, comfortable beds across multiple bedrooms, and a well-stocked kitchen with quality appliances.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“This house was perfect for our group of 15 women! The house was beautiful and the decor was colorful and fun! Beds were comfortable, kitchen was well stocked, pool area had tons of nice lounge seating, spa heated quickly, game room was so much fun, EV charger was a nice amenity – what more could we need?! Location was great too – not far from La Quinta, Palm Desert or Indio. I would definitely recommend this house for a large group of friends, or it would be a great spot for families too. Given the home layout, you could comfortably fit 4 families (or more) and all feel like you had your own private areas to retreat to.” – Lindsay P.

👉 Book Villa del Gallo

Otter Banks – Poconos, Pennsylvania

Can accommodate up to 18 guests | 7 beds and 4 baths

Stay at Otter Banks. A Poconos property that accommodates large families or friend groups, where everyone gets comfortable and prevents morning traffic jams. The location has peaceful surroundings with convenient access to restaurants, shops, and stunning nature spots.

Kids can find plenty of space for running around, while adults can start appreciating the layout that keeps noise contained to certain areas. Everyone is guaranteed to have a comfortable sleeping arrangement and enough bathrooms in this home.

Why You’ll Love Otter Banks: Park your electric vehicle and plug into the charging station while enjoying Pocono adventures without range stress. 

The home features a hot tub perfect after hiking or skiing, a deck with outdoor seating, a cozy fireplace, a foosball and pool table for rainy day entertainment, arcade games, a Nintendo Switch for kids, and eight community amenity wristbands for pool and lake access.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“We had a really wonderful stay at this Airbnb! The house was clean, comfortable, and perfect for our family. The kids loved having space to play and the cozy setup made us feel right at home. We especially enjoyed relaxing in the hot tub in the evenings after exploring nearby attractions. The location was peaceful yet close to restaurants, stores, and beautiful nature spots. The host was friendly and responsive throughout our stay, which made everything smooth and easy. Overall, it was a great family getaway. We’d definitely love to come back again!” – Zahirul I.

👉 Book Otter Banks

Fairway Harbor View – Whidbey Island, Washington

Can accommodate up to 13 guests | 4 beds and 3 baths

Whidbey Island’s natural beauty frames this waterfront property. Fairway Harbor View is where the deck overlooks the bay and becomes everyone’s favorite spot. Two families can fit comfortably here without feeling like they’re living on top of each other. 

Morning coffee and evening sunsets also happen from the deck chairs, where the harbor views will remind you why island getaways beat city vacations every time.

Why You’ll Love Fairway Harbor View: Charge your EV overnight while exploring Whidbey Island’s beaches, forests, and charming towns without worrying about limited island charging.

The home features a wonderful deck with stunning bay views, peaceful island setting with easy beach access, a well-equipped kitchen for family meals, proximity to Whidbey’s art galleries, restaurants, and outdoor activities that include kayaking and hiking.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“This was a great house for our 2 families. Plenty of space for both kids and adults. Wonderful deck overlooking the bay was perfect for mornings and evenings.” – Nick D.

👉 Book Fairway Harbor View

Modern Escape – Asheville, North Carolina

Can accommodate up to 12 guests | 3 beds and 2 baths

Asheville’s arts scene, brewery culture, and mountain backdrop are the balance you are looking for. Modern Escape sits in a quiet neighborhood that feels peaceful while staying close enough to downtown for easy brewery hopping and restaurant exploring. 

This home’s garage solves one of electric vehicle owners’ biggest vacation headaches in mountain destinations, where public charging often requires driving back to main roads.

Why You’ll Love Modern Escape: The garage EV charger keeps your electric vehicle powered for Blue Ridge Parkway drives and Biltmore Estate visits without hunting for public stations. 

The home features a hot tub for relaxation, a fire pit to gather around with your loved ones, a quiet location perfect for relaxation, a short drive to downtown Asheville’s breweries and restaurants, and proximity to hiking trails and mountain activities.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“Fantastic place to stay! Perfect, quiet location and a short drive to downtown Asheville. The house is well equipped and having a garage with an EV charger was a definite plus. Highly recommend!” – Paul H.

👉 Book Modern Escape

Grapevine Cottage – Sonoma, California

Can accommodate up to 4 guests | 2 beds and 2 baths

Sonoma wine country living peaks at Grapevine Cottage, where a mini vineyard creates an authentic wine region atmosphere. The outdoor area still has privacy and space that hotels simply can’t match. 

This home makes it perfect for couples seeking romantic getaways or small groups wanting intimate celebrations. The comfortable interior and well-equipped kitchen mean you can cook meals with local ingredients purchased at Sonoma farmers’ markets.

Why You’ll Love Grapevine Cottage: Power your EV on-site while exploring Sonoma’s hundreds of wineries and culinary destinations without range anxiety. 

The home features a beautiful outdoor space with a private hobby vineyard, proximity to dozens of Sonoma wineries and tasting rooms, and easy access to Healdsburg, Glen Ellen, and downtown Sonoma’s restaurants and shops.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“We thoroughly enjoyed our stay. The property was beautiful with the mini vineyard. We loved the outdoor area, which offered plenty of space and was very private. The house was comfortable with everything we needed, and the kitchen was well-equipped. We would definitely consider returning.” – Kelly S.

👉 Book Grapevine Cottage

Whatabeach – Port Aransas, Texas

Can accommodate up to 12 guests | 9 beds and 3 baths

Trade 30A for a Port Aransas beach escape with room for the whole crew. Whatabeach has four bedrooms, an open living and dining area, and a backyard made for afternoons between beach outings. Swim in the private pool, try the putting green, or gather around the cabana bar. The beach is about six blocks away.

Why You’ll Love Whatabeach: Charge your EV on-site with the home’s 50-amp Level 2 CCS charger while enjoying the private pool, putting green, outdoor dining area, and easy access to Port Aransas.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“A fantastic place. The 4B/3B home has much to offer. A great front and back deck to converse on. A VERY private swimming pool that is just the right size. Great WiFi. An outdoor putting green for the golfers. A great indoor video game console. An open concept kitchen/living room. Right across the street from plenty of golf cart rental businesses. A very short walk/drive to a CVS pharmacy and grocery store. Great communication with the property owners. A Tesla charging station that is complimentary. The Rainfall shower in the Master bedroom was so relaxing. What more do you need.” – Timothy

👉 Book Whatabeach

Velvet Sand I – Newport Beach, California

Can accommodate up to 14 guests | 7 beds and 4 baths

Velvet Sand I is a bright seaside escape just steps from Newport Beach. With five bedrooms, an airy open layout, and a rooftop with ocean views, this home makes it easy to relax between beach days, boardwalk strolls, and harbor adventures.

Why You’ll Love Velvet Sand I: The home’s EV charger makes it easy to recharge overnight while you explore Newport Beach, Balboa Island, and the surrounding coast.

The home features a private rooftop with a hot tub, outdoor dining, a BBQ, and ocean views, plus a spacious kitchen, flexible sleeping arrangements, and easy access to the beach, pier, marina, shopping, and dining.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“Absolutely amazing home we had the max capacity and it we didn’t feel crowded at all. The space has plenty of parking which is hard that close to Newport and was so close to the beach. The rooftop hot tub was also absolutely incredible definitely will be staying here again!” – Nick.

👉 Book Velvet Sand I

What to Look for in an EV-Friendly Vacation Home

Choosing vacation homes with EV charging requires more consideration than just confirming a charger exists. Understanding these factors before booking prevents surprises and ensures your electric vehicle stays powered throughout your trip.

1. Charging Speed and Compatibility: Level 2 chargers deliver 25-30 miles of range per hour, making overnight charging sufficient for most daily adventures. Level 1 standard outlets add only 4-5 miles per hour, requiring longer charging times that might not work for active vacation schedules. 

Tesla owners should confirm whether properties offer Tesla Wall Connectors or universal J1772 chargers requiring adapters. Most modern EVs handle universal chargers fine, but knowing beforehand prevents arrival-day stress.

2. Power Source and Reliability: Not all charging setups are created equal. Homes powered by solar or equipped with dedicated EV circuits tend to offer more stable charging without tripping breakers or competing with household power use. 

If you’re visiting a remote cabin or mountain retreat, double-check that the property isn’t running on a limited generator or off-grid systems that may restrict charging hours. For peace of mind, look for listings that clearly state “dedicated 240V outlet for EVs.”

3. Parking and Accessibility: Properties with garage charging offer weather protection and security superior to outdoor driveway setups. Confirm the parking situation handles your vehicle size, since some garage spaces fit sedans but not SUVs or trucks. 

Shared parking lots with charging stations work fine if you don’t mind coordinating with other guests, but dedicated spots eliminate those awkward “is that your car blocking the charger” conversations that ruin vacation vibes.

Stay, Charge, and Explore Effortlessly

Stop letting charging anxiety dictate your destination choices or force elaborate route planning around charging stops. 

These thoughtfully equipped vacation houses with EV charging stations mean that you can easily plug in once you arrive, then forget about charging for the rest of your stay. 

Your car powers up automatically while you’re creating memories, exploring destinations, and actually relaxing instead of watching charging progress bars at highway rest stops.

Plan your next adventure with us! Browse AvantStay’s collection of EV-ready vacation homes and discover how seamless sustainable travel becomes. 

The Polo Villas: Your dream corporate retreat location!

Welcome to our incredible 18-home gated Polo Villa community in La Quinta, offering multiple buyout options with up to 104 bedrooms and bathrooms—perfect for groups of all sizes!

These stunning properties are designed to create memorable experiences, providing the perfect blend of comfort and style. From pickleball courts to putting greens, from private pools to pool tables, there’s more than enough to entertain your group. Whether you’re planning a corporate retreat, meeting, or special gathering, our venues are tailored to meet your needs.

To enhance your stay, we offer a range of add-on services and experiences, from team-building activities to bespoke dining options, ensuring your next corporate offsite is truly unforgettable.Looking for a unique and inspiring location? We can accommodate your team.

Check out all the details on our Polo Villas at the below, and reach out to our team at offsites@avantstay.com to get started on booking your perfect corporate retreat or offsite!

15 Telluride Airbnbs for Slopeside Stays

Did you know that Telluride’s earliest condos were built in the 1970s to help expand town lodging beyond old mining cabins? Many of these were designed to blend rustic mountain charm with the emerging ski culture, and today, they’re still some of the most sought-after stays in town! 

Wake up to mountain views, grab your gear from your private ski locker, and walk just a few steps to the gondola or the slopes. Whether you’re here for bluebird ski days, a cozy fall retreat, or golden summer at Telluride, these condos put you in the heart of it all.

Beyond the unbeatable locations, condos offer what hotels can’t: full kitchens, private balconies, fireplaces, and plenty of space and things to do after a day of exploring. It’s relaxed, easy, and built for the way real travelers live. Whether you’re cooking a casual breakfast before a hike or warming up in a steam shower after a powder day.

Best Telluride Airbnbs

If you want to experience living like a local, but with way better views, these 15 Telluride Airbnbs are your mountain-town condos with effortless access and cozy upgrades that turn a good trip into a great one.

🌟 Planning your itinerary? Check out our guide to things to do in Telluride year-round.

Westermere 311

With the gondola just steps away and the ski school practically next door, Westermere 311 puts you in the center of Mountain Village life. From sunny mornings on the deck to movie nights by the fireplace, this mountain-view condo is made for easy-going family time with a cozy, elevated twist. After a day on the slopes or trails, kick off your boots, pour something warm, and settle into the kind of space that feels like coming home but better.

What Makes This Condo Special?

  • Perfect for families with kids or newly married couples 
  • Stone fireplace, jetted tub, and deck with pond views
  • Condo living perks like an elevator, garage parking, and in-unit laundry

🌟 Also available in the same building: Westermere 311 – 2. Perfect for booking together!

What Our Recent Guests Are Saying: 

“This is the second time we have stayed in this condo.  We love staying here!  It is the perfect location and the condo is spacious, yet cozy.  Our favorite place to stay when we visit Telluride!” – Collin S.

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

River Edge A

At River Edge A, mountain mornings begin with coffee by the river and easy walks to everything you love about Telluride. Nestled right by the San Miguel River, this stylish condo feels like a tucked-away retreat, but you’re near the gondola, ski lifts, and downtown buzz. Come home to cozy up by the fireplace, unwind with a steam shower, and let the quiet beauty of riverfront living do the rest after spending a day on the trails or the slopes. 

What Makes This Condo Special?

  • Cozy gas fireplace paired and sunny garden-level windows
  • Walkable to the gondola, skiing, and historic Telluride core
  • Heated garage parking with private ski locker for easy gear storage

What Our Recent Guests Are Saying: 

“River Edge was a wonderful place for our family of 5. The location was perfect for us, close to the local grocery store, restaurants and just down from the gondola. The river trail was just outside our door which made walking and bike riding very accessible. With the windows open you can hear the river rushing and feel the cool evening breeze. The kitchen was generously stocked with everything you would need to cook for a large family. Plenty of closet and storage space for equipment.” – Amanda T.

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Gold Dust Crossing A4

If you’re dreaming of mountain mornings with a view, then why not stay at Gold Dust Crossing A4?. This polished condo has luxury finishes with a relaxed, mountain-town feel, just a short stroll to the gondola. Expect to see jaw-dropping views of Telluride’s Box Canyon and prepare to be captivated by the awe-inspiring and unforgettable panoramic Ballard Peak. It’s the kind of place where you can ski all day, soak all night, and never feel rushed.

What Makes This Condo Special?

  • Gas fireplaces, jetted tubs, and steam showers for peak relaxation
  • Two private balconies with stunning views of the mountains
  • Walkable to the gondola and Telluride’s charming downtown

What Our Recent Guests Are Saying: 

“We loved this condo! Best location, was bigger in person than it looked online, and had everything we needed. Would definitely stay there again!”– Mary Caroline N.

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Riverside Condos B204 

Riverside Condos B204 is all about those mountain views and cozy mornings spent watching the light pour into the box canyon. This bright, top-floor condo puts you close to everything you love about Telluride—town, trails, and the gondola—all while giving you a peaceful spot to unwind. Every corner here invites you to slow down, unwind, and reconnect with yourself and your loved ones. Breathe a little deeper and rediscover the simple pleasures of life.

What Makes This Condo Special?

  • Vaulted ceilings, fireplace, and stunning floor-to-ceiling windows
  • Very near to downtown Telluride, the gondola, and the Bear Creek Trail
  • Access to two outdoor communal hot tubs with forest and mountain views

🌟 Need more space? We also offer nearby units in the Riverside complex: A102, B101, C102, C202, and D01. Best to book if you’re coming in bigger groups.

What Our Recent Guests Are Saying: 

“We loved this condo! It’s perfectly located by the Gondola & the Historic District. The place was spotless and clean! Just a beautiful cozy place to relax and soak in the fabulous scenery!”– Dyann Frazier C.

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Cimarron Lodge 14

If easy mornings and true ski-in, ski-out living and experience sound like your style, then head over to Cimarron Lodge 14! Tucked along the San Miguel River, this spacious three-bedroom condo makes it effortless to spend your days on the slopes and your evenings unwinding in cozy comfort. Whether you’re gathering in the two-story living space or soaking in the communal hot tubs after a long day, this spot brings simple, mountain-town living to life.

What Makes This Condo Special?

  • True ski-in/ski-out access with Lift #7 right outside
  • Access to two communal hot tubs, gas grills, and a private washer/dryer in the unit
  • Walkable to shops, trails, and restaurants in downtown Telluride

🌟 We also have other units at Cimarron Lodge if you’re traveling with a bigger crew: 51, 7, 20, 27, 50, 14!

What Our Recent Guests Are Saying: 

“We came into town for a wedding. This was a beautiful place to stay that had plenty of for us 5 adults and 1 infant. It was a great location where we were able to walk to restaurants and other places in town. Would highly recommend. Thank you for the great stay and experience for our first time in Telluride.” – Dominic O.

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Smuggler B

Smuggler B is your sunny, family-friendly condo where cozy afternoons and ski town convenience are the best match. Just a short walk to Lift #7 and Telluride’s buzzing main street, this updated space has all the right ingredients: a bright living area for movie nights, a private loft area, and comfy spaces to kick back after a day on the mountain. It’s everything you want from a Telluride escape: easy, welcoming, and made for memory-making.

What Makes This Condo Special?

  • Freshly remodeled kitchen and bathrooms, plus a private patio
  • Easy walk to skiing, trails, restaurants, and more
  • Perfect and comfortable setup for families or groups

What Our Recent Guests Are Saying: 

“Great stay! The place was clean, comfortable, and in a convenient location in town. Close to everything I needed and had a parking sport for anything that we needed to drive to. I’d definitely stay here again.” – Bernie C.

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Blue Mesa Lodge

Ski, stay, and soak up the mountain views at Blue Mesa Lodge, where the lifts are just steps from your door and the village plaza buzzes below. This cozy, lofted condo makes it easy to roll straight from bed to first chair, and even easier to be back afterward with a drink on the balcony. Whether you’re here for a quick ski escape or an easy summer retreat, Blue Mesa’s central location means the best of Telluride is always within reach.

What Makes This Condo Special?

  • Ski-in/ski-out access near Lifts #1 and #4
  • Balcony overlooking San Sofia Ridge and village plaza views
  • Nearby shops, restaurants, and outdoor adventures

🌟If you need more space for your family members or friends, book multiple units–Blue Mesa Lodge 40A, Blue Mesa Lodge 40C, Blue Mesa Lodge 40B, and more.

What Our Recent Guests Are Saying: 

“My wife and I loved staying at the Blue Mesa Lodge! We were celebrating our anniversary in the Telluride area and were looking for a nice place to stay for a couple of nights. The Blue Mesa Lodge in Mountain Village was just the thing. The room was spacious, clean, and had a stove top for us to cook with too. The staff with Avant Stay were so kind to us, and often checked with us to see if we needed anything. They even gave us a complimentary bottle of wine and chocolate to celebrate our anniversary. The lodge is in an ideal location too if you want to explore Mountain Village or take the gondola down to Telluride. All in all a wonderful stay. Thank you Avant Stay Team.” – Marc D.

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Lulu City 5C

Make mountain-town life effortless at Lulu City 5C. Set across the street from the San Miguel River and Lift #7, this renovated condo puts ski days close at hand and downtown Telluride about a 10-minute walk away. After exploring, settle into the comfortable living space and watch sunset colors spread across the open Valley Floor.

What Makes This Condo Special?

  • Easy access to skiing at Lift #7 and a walkable downtown location
  • West-facing Valley Floor views from the living room
  • Access to the complex’s shared pool and hot tub when open; both close in April, May, October and November

🌟 We also have Lulu City 4B available if you need more space for larger groups or multi-family getaways!

What Our Recent Guests Are Saying: 

“We had a great experience. The unit was amazing, very clean and super comfortable. The location was perfect; walkable to everything we needed. We truly enjoyed our stay and definitely will be back.” -Aref

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Riverside Condos D01

Set right along the River Trail at the Bear Creek Falls trailhead, Riverside Condos D01 puts you two short blocks from downtown, the gondola, and Lift #8 — close enough that you can park the car on arrival and forget about it. Inside, wood-beamed ceilings and mountain-inspired decor make for easy après-ski evenings, and sliding doors open onto a covered balcony looking toward Mt. Emma, San Sophia Ridge, and the valley beyond.

What Makes This Condo Special?

  • Gas fireplace, fully equipped kitchen with breakfast bar, and in-unit washer/dryer
  • Covered balcony with seating and views of Mt. Emma and San Sophia Ridge
  • Access to the complex’s outdoor hot tubs surrounded by trees and mountain views
  • Ski locker just outside the door, plus one onsite parking spot

🌟 More Riverside units nearby if you need extra space: A102, B101, B204, C102, and C202.

What Our Recent Guests Are Saying: 

“We absolutely loved our stay!!!! It was perfect for us. We had eloped in Telluride, we’re from Arkansas. We WILL be back!!!! Ty for being a wonderful host.” – Missy W.

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Etta Place 5

You’re not just close to the action, you’re right on it when you spend your days at Etta Place 5. Ski straight from your door in the morning and stroll downtown by evening, all while soaking in incredible valley views. Simple, bright, and packed with everything you need, this cozy condo is made for easy adventures and slow mornings alike. Whether you’re chasing first tracks or laid-back hikes, this is true condo living by the slopes at its best.

What Makes This Condo Special?

  • True ski-in/ski-out access near Lift #7
  • Stunning valley views from your living space
  • 6-minute drive to downtown Telluride and the Valley Floor trails

🌟 You can also book nearby units Etta Place Too 103 and Etta Place Too 113 for your friends or other family members!

What Our Recent Guests Are Saying: 

“Great spot on the end of town that’s a short walk to Clark’s market and easy access to the river trail. Enjoyed my stay while hiking in Telluride in the summer.” – Jennifer C.

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Hruza Hideout

Tucked upstairs in the historic district of Telluride, Hruza Hideout feels like your own private lookout in the heart of Telluride. This bright, cozy condo gives you soaring views of Mendota Peak and quiet corners to truly unwind. Start the day in the breakfast nook, relax by the fireplace, or watch the sun dip behind the mountains. This hideout is all about simple luxuries and an unbeatable location.

What Makes This Condo Special?

  • Gas fireplace, vaulted ceilings, and cozy house interiors
  • Steam shower and jetted tub with skylight for full après-ski relaxation
  • Quick walk to downtown Telluride and easy access to the free town shuttle

What Our Recent Guests Are Saying: 

“Hruza Hideout was such a great place to stay. The location couldn’t be better. We were so close to our favorite restaurants and a few blocks from the gondola and river trail. The washing machine just so happened to go out during the stay prior to ours, but the property manager was so kind to have out laundry picked up, washed and returned within just a few hours. The place was clean, check in and out was seamless, communication was speedy. 10 out of 10 recommend and we plan to stay again!” – Leah R.

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Ore Station 2

If you’re looking for sleek, stylish, and steps-from-everything convenience, Ore Station 2 is your perfect downtown basecamp. This is a modern condo with hardwood floors, an updated kitchen, and a cozy living space waiting when you come back from your day’s adventures. Get easy strolls to Telluride’s best dining, and everything you need is right here. Telluride’s best dining and everything you need are only just a short walk away.

What Makes This Condo Special?

  • Half a block to Lift #8 and the free gondola
  • Gas fireplace, private balcony, and modern, open living space
  • Outdoor hot tub, elevator access, ski lockers, and private carport parking

What Our Recent Guests Are Saying: 

“The location is great. Just steps from the gondola and a short walk to markets, many restaurants and the Main Street with shops. It was well stocked with everything you need in the kitchen and bathrooms. We had 4 adults and had plenty of space for everyone and everyone was happy. The hot tub is right outside the door and was clean.” – Cindy D’A.

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Ghostriders 5

Ghostriders 5 is where you want to be, steps from Main Street, the river trail, and all of Telluride’s top adventures. From your balcony overlooking the San Miguel River to your spot around the cozy fireplace, this bright and comfortable condo makes it easy to unwind after a day spent hiking, biking, or skiing. Everything you love about Telluride is right outside your door, just waiting to be explored.

What Makes This Condo Special?

  • Walkable to the gondola, Town Park, Main Street, and Bear Creek Trail
  • Gas fireplace, balcony with river views, and private ski locker
  • Access to a communal outdoor hot tub and laundry room

🌟 Ghostriders 2 is the additional space you need if you are coming to Telluride with another set of family or friends!

What Our Recent Guests Are Saying: 

“Telluride is one of my favorite places to visit! This is my 6th time there and I’ve only stayed overnight once I usually just pass through so it was really great to have a nice place to stay while I was there this time!! Very cozy and I’m obsessed with the couch I need it!! Loved that it was warm inside the place because it was cold outside and we arrived at night so it was chilly. Brown dog pizza is my favorite place to eat at when I’m here and what a great surprise that they do buy 1 get 1 pizza free in Monday nights!! My friends and I had a great time in glad we got to show them Telluride and how amazingly walkable it is! Thank you” – Franchesca F.

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Palmyra 4G

The view isn’t just good at Palmyra 4G, but it’s a full-on backdrop to your stay. Perched in the Mountain Village Core with views of the Village Pond and Palmyra Peak, this bright and well-appointed condo invites you to slow down, stretch out, and savor every mountain moment. With ample windows, high-end finishes, and a location steps from the slopes and free Gondola, it’s the kind of place where relaxing feels like second nature.

What Makes This Condo Special?

  • Full kitchen and stunning views of Village Core Pond and Palmyra Peak
  • Lobby-level ski locker, heated garage parking, and elevator access
  • Just a 5-minute walk to lift 4/1 and a complimentary Dial-A-Ride shuttle service

What Our Recent Guests Are Saying: 

“We spent 5 nights at the condo and could not be happier! The location is top notch – right in the heart of Mountain Village core – and steps away from the gondola. The place was very well equipped, spotless, a real pleasure to stay at. Hoping to return to beautiful Telluride someday. Thank you, AdvantStay!” – Lisa S.

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Le Chamonix I 

Perfectly placed seconds from the gondola and ski school, Le Chamonix I makes family mountain getaways effortless and full of cozy and unforgettable moments. With two sunny private balconies, you can see breathtaking mountain views that beg you to slow down, reflect, and soak it all in. This two-story condo is your comfort, space, and location into one unforgettable alpine stay.

What Makes This Condo Special?

  • A gas fireplace where you can gather around the cozy sofa
  • Access to the elevator, hot tub, and ski lockers
  • Near the gondola, skiing, and dining in Mountain Village

🌟 Check out Le Chamonix B and our other Le Chamonix units available for group or multi-family stays!

What Our Recent Guests Are Saying: 

“We spent 5 nights at the condo and could not be happier! The location is top notch – right in the heart of Mountain Village core – and steps away from the gondola. The place was very well equipped, spotless, a real pleasure to stay at. Hoping to return to beautiful Telluride someday. Thank you, AdvantStay!” – Lisa S.

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

🏢 Why Condo Living Makes Your Telluride Trip Even Better

When it comes to planning the perfect Telluride escape, where you stay matters, and condo living gives you the best experience. Here’s why:

Location, Location, Location

Most Telluride condos—like our Airbnbs—are right where you want to be: steps from the gondola, the slopes, the river trail, and downtown. Forget about driving, parking hassles, or waiting for shuttles. If you stay in a condo, the town and trails are basically your backyard.

Built for Adventure and Fun

These ski-in/ski-out homes are designed for mountain living. With features like ski lockers, boot warmers, cozy gas fireplaces, steam showers, and in-unit laundry, you can hit the slopes hard, and have fun even harder without ever feeling cramped or crowded.

Perfect for Groups, Families, and Longer Stays

Having a full kitchen, spacious living areas, multiple bathrooms, and sometimes even multiple balconies makes it easy to gather your people or spread out when you need a little downtime. Whether you’re traveling with kids, friends, or extended family, condos make it easy to stay connected without being on top of each other.

Feels A Little More Like Home

Cooking a quick breakfast before hitting the trails, doing a little laundry after a powder day, or just kicking back in your pajamas in front of the fireplace. Condo living gives you the comforts of home, but upgraded with soaring mountain scenery and an alpine air environment.

🌟 Not sure when to go? Check out our guide on the best time to visit Telluride so you and your group can get started planning your next winter vacation.

Stay Closer to the Mountains

Ready to wake up just steps from the gondola, trails, and Telluride’s best views? Find your perfect Telluride condo with AvantStay. Browse more of our collection of condos designed for every kind of traveler, whether you’re here for ski season, festival weekends, or a well-earned getaway.

Explore Telluride Homes →

The Best Airbnbs for Watching Next Year’s Super Bowl

We’re getting oh-so-close to the Big Game! Whether you’re just interested in The Puppy Bowl or actually can’t wait to see your team win, we’ve created a roundup with the best Airbnbs with private movie theaters for you to watch this year’s Super Bowl. Bring your best guac, and we’ll bring the stays – these homes are sure to be a winner in your book.

Game On: Celebrating the Super Bowl

The Super Bowl is more than just a game—it’s an American tradition, a cultural phenomenon, and an excuse to gather with friends and family. Since its inception in 1967, the Super Bowl has grown into one of the most-watched sporting events in the world, with memorable moments both on and off the field. 

From the Green Bay Packers’ victory in Super Bowl I to Patrick Mahomes leading the Kansas City Chiefs to multiple championships in recent years, each game has its own unique story. Iconic halftime shows, unforgettable commercials, and nail-biting finishes have all contributed to its legendary status.

Related Reads:

Now imagine experiencing next year’s Super Bowl in one of our 12 luxurious Airbnbs. Our homes are tailored for the ultimate viewing experience, featuring private movie theaters that bring the excitement of the game right into your living space. Whether you’re cheering for your team or enjoying the halftime show with friends, our properties offer:

  • State-of-the-art theaters for immersive viewing.
  • Spacious layouts are perfect for hosting Super Bowl parties.
  • Premium amenities like pools, gourmet kitchens, and game rooms.
  • Privacy and comfort, far from crowded bars or stadiums.

Our Airbnbs are not just places to stay—they’re destinations for creating unforgettable Super Bowl memories with your family, friends, and loved ones!

1. Sugar Pine – Big Bear, CA

4 Bedrooms | 10 Guests

Trade the big game for big mountain views at Sugar Pine, a stylish A-frame retreat tucked into the pines of Big Bear. Gather around the large TV in the living room, settle in for movie night in the dedicated movie room, or challenge your crew to a friendly game of pool.

When halftime calls for fresh air, step onto the deck for a BBQ, outdoor dining, and sweeping views of the forest, nearby lakes, and distant ski slopes. With Bear Mountain, Snow Summit, Big Bear Lake, and The Village all close by, Sugar Pine brings together game-day comfort and classic mountain adventure.

First time going to Big Bear? Check out our 43 best things to do in Big Bear!

2. Charcoal Chalet – Hudson Valley, NY

4 Bedrooms | 9 Guests

Super Bowl Sunday just found its perfect hideout at Charcoal Chalet. This moody-meets-modern retreat in the Hudson Valley is built for game-day hype. Post up in the cozy living room with a big-screen TV and foosball table, where every play feels like a front-row seat. 

Halftime? Fire up the BBQ on the deck for a classic tailgate feast, or take the celebration to the firepit, where the crisp night air keeps things cool while the flames keep you warm. With four spacious bedrooms and plenty of lounge space, there’s room for the whole crew to kick back. Whether you’re here for the game, the commercials, or just the snacks, Charcoal Chalet is your spot for an unforgettable Super Bowl weekend.

Ready to explore more of Hudson Valley? Discover 16 things to do in Hudson Valley!

3. Polo Villa 10 – Coachella Valley, CA

6 Bedrooms | 16 Guests

Bring the whole crew to Polo Villa 10 for a Super Bowl weekend with a desert twist. Settle into the bright great room, where a big-screen TV and Sonos surround sound make it easy to catch the action. The open kitchen and dining area keep snacks and conversation close to the game.

At halftime, fire up the BBQ at the outdoor kitchen, take a dip in the private pool or spa, or challenge a friend on the putting green. As the desert evening cools, gather around the fire pit and make a night of it.

New to Palm Springs? Explore our guide to the best local attractions and activities! Here are 33 things to do in Palm Springs. 

4. Among the Clouds – Asheville, NC

3 Bedrooms | 6 Guests

You’re calling the plays, and Among the Clouds is delivering the ultimate game-day setup. Watch every play unfold from the cozy living room, where the gas fireplace keeps things warm and the satellite TV keeps you locked in. 

Need a break from the action? Step outside to Asheville, breathe in the crisp mountain air, and sink into the hot tub with a view. Fire up the grill at the fire pit for a next-level halftime feast, then gather around the spacious dining table to celebrate every touchdown. When the game’s over, kick back in one of three comfy bedrooms and wake up to Mt. Pisgah glowing in the morning light. Super Bowl Sunday just leveled up.

Looking for more Asheville adventures? Check out our guide to 21 things to do in Asheville.

5. Ridley Retreat – Corpus Christi, TX

3 Bedrooms | 8 Guests

Gear up for the ultimate Super Bowl weekend as Ridley Retreat is the perfect spot to host it. This North Padre Island, Corpus Christi getaway comes stacked with everything you need—a cozy living room with a big-screen TV, a foosball table for some halftime competition, and plenty of space to kick back with your crew. 

If you need a game-day snack, the fully equipped kitchen is ready for all your favorite eats, from seafood feasts to classic chips and dip. When it’s time to celebrate (or recover from a tough loss), take the party outside to the community pool or hit the nearby beach for a sunset stroll. With three spacious bedrooms, in-home laundry, and all the coastal vibes, Ridley Retreat is where football, fun, and relaxation come together.

Explore more of Corpus Christi homes with AvantStay today!

6. Sunny Pond – Berkshires, NY

9 Bedrooms | 20 Guests

Game day just got an upgrade, and it’s happening at Sunny Pond. This Berkshires escape is serving up Super Bowl Sunday with a side of scenic views. Post up in the movie room, where a massive sectional and flat-screen TV ensure you don’t miss a single play. 

Hit the game room for darts, board games, or a little friendly competition. When halftime rolls around, fire up the gourmet kitchen or take the party outside for some grill time by the fire pit. And if you’re really playing to win, soak in the pond views from the dock or hop on a pedal boat for a mid-game cruise. With multiple living spaces, seven bedrooms, and endless ways to celebrate, Sunny Pond is your ticket to a legendary Super Bowl weekend.

Start planning your unforgettable weekend and learn 35+ best things to do in the Berkshires year-round! 

7. Timberline – Lake Tahoe, CA

5 Bedrooms | 12 Guests 

Bring your A game to this Lake Tahoe A-frame. Timberline is the perfect place to lounge while you’re waiting for Rihanna to come on stage. A trip here entails hot tub seshes, plenty of deck hangs, s’mores by the fire pit, a game or two of billiards, and IG-worthy interior design. This home theater comes with 9 seats that recline, so we hope you’re ready to get cozy.

With a pool table, fire pit for s’mores, and a spacious deck surrounded by trees, there’s no shortage of ways to relax and entertain. Five chic bedrooms and six sleek bathrooms mean plenty of room for your crew to spread out.

If you’re craving a more adventurous vacation, check out our 47 things to do in Lake Tahoe.

8. For Shore – Santa Rosa Beach, FL

13 Bedrooms | 28 Guests

Looking for a Super Bowl weekend that can handle the whole crew? For Shore brings the game-day setup to Santa Rosa Beach, with an 86-inch TV in the main living area and a theater-style lounge with a 75-inch screen. There’s plenty of room to catch every play together.

At halftime, start a pool-table or foosball tournament, fire up the grill, or take a dip in the private pool. With a spacious kitchen, a dining table made for a crowd, and a golf cart for exploring 30A, For Shore makes a beach weekend with your favorite people feel easy.

Amp up your adventure and check out our list of the top 12 things to do around the Emerald Coast! 

9. River Rock – Breckenridge, CO

8 Bedrooms | 20 Guests

Colorado is calling. Text the group chat and tell them you’re headed to River Rock. If it weren’t for this Airbnb’s extra cozy movie theater, let it be for that lovely hot tub on the deck where you can sit and watch the snow fall. Extend your stay past the game day weekend and head to the nearby Breckenridge Ski Resort, where you can spend days soaking up all Breckenridge has to offer.

This cozy ski home in Breckenridge is your ultimate Super Bowl getaway, complete with a stone-walled fireplace, a game room/home theater, and a hot tub on the deck where you can watch the snow fall. 

Visiting Breckenridge during Summer or Winter? Learn the 40 best things to do in Breckenridge during these seasons! 

10. Hickory Haven – Poconos, PA

6 Bedrooms | 16 Guests

Game day has a home-field advantage at Hickory Haven. Gather in the private theater’s six plush armchairs to catch the action, then head to the game loft for a little competition of your own. Billiards, foosball, and shuffleboard will keep the crew entertained well past halftime.

Between plays, warm up by the living room’s stone fireplace or step onto the wrap-around deck to grill and take in the wooded surroundings. When the final whistle blows, the hot tub is waiting. It’s a Poconos getaway built for cheering together and unwinding afterward.

Make unforgettable memories surrounded by nature and fun! Discover more of our Poconos cabins here!

11. Black Bear Cabin – Bend, OR

4 Bedrooms | 10 Guests

Black Bear Cabin is your Bend retreat with mountain views, fresh air, and laid-back luxury. This Airbnb is all about modern comfort and outdoor adventure, with a hot tub, firepit, and spacious patio perfect for taking in those famous high-desert sunsets. Inside, the cozy living room with a fireplace sets the stage for movie nights and game-day gatherings. When you’re not watching the action, hit the Deschutes River Trail or grab a pint on the Bend Ale Trail—this spot is just minutes from the best of Central Oregon.

Watch the game by the fireplace in the cozy living room, then take things outside to the hot tub and patio lounge for post-game relaxation. Fire up the BBQ for an al fresco meal, or head downtown to explore Bend’s breweries and cocktail bars.

Looking for the ultimate Bend experience? Check out our guide to the 30 best things to do in Bend, Oregon.

12. Pinot Point – Temecula, CA

5 Bedrooms | 10 Guests

Pinot?! This wine pairs well with pretending to know what’s happening in the game. Pinot Point is a 5-bedroom home with an infinity pool that pours off into views of the rolling Temecula hills. Make sure you’re stocked up on beer – there’s more than enough seating for everyone to have a “cheers” outside after you’ve spent the game day in this Airbnb’s private theater.

The backyard oasis also offers plenty of space to relax, with a hot tub for unwinding and a chic firepit area for cozy evenings under the stars. Dine al fresco at the large outdoor table as the sun sets behind the hills, painting the sky with vibrant colors.

Excited to sip and explore Temecula? Here are 22 best things to do while you are in the area. 

Key Takeaway

Experience the Super Bowl like never before by booking one of AvantStay’s luxurious Airbnbs featuring private movie theaters. Here are our standout properties perfect for hosting game-day parties:

  1. Sugar Pine – Big Bear, CA
  2. Charcoal Chalet – Hudson Valley, NY
  3. Polo Villa 10 – Coachella Valley, CA
  4. Among the Clouds – Asheville, NC
  5. Ridley Retreat – Corpus Christi, TX
  6. Sunny Pond – Berkshires, NY
  7. Timberline – Lake Tahoe, CA
  8. For Shore – Santa Rosa Beach, FL
  9. River Rock – Breckenridge, CO
  10. Hickory Haven – Poconos, PA
  11. Black Bear Cabin – Bend, OR
  12. Pinot Point – Temecula, CA

There’s a lot more where that came from! Click here for our full collection of homes with movie theaters – and may the best team win.

Score Big on Your Ultimate Super Bowl Getaway

Experience a great Super Bowl match with our handpicked selection of luxurious Airbnbs featuring private movie theaters. Whether you’re cheering for your team, enjoying the halftime show, or indulging in delicious game-day snacks, our stunning homes offer the perfect backdrop for unforgettable memories with friends and family. Explore top-notch amenities and beautiful locations that make your game day a true celebration with AvantStay!

7 Best Places to Visit in May for Your Memorial Day Getaway

Spring reaches its peak and Memorial Day weekend approaches, May emerges as one of the most rewarding months to explore America’s diverse destinations. The weather is comfortably warm without summer’s scorching heat, flowers are in full bloom, and tourist crowds haven’t yet reached their peak intensity.

May offers the perfect conditions for celebrating the unofficial start of summer while honoring the long Memorial Day weekend. Mild temperatures make outdoor adventures irresistible, spring blooms create stunning natural backdrops, and longer daylight hours provide ample time for exploration and memory-making.

We’ve curated the top 7 best places to visit in May, each offering unique opportunities to celebrate Memorial Day weekend and create lasting spring memories. These destinations combine beautiful weather, exciting activities, and the perfect atmosphere for group adventures and family gatherings. 

Let’s explore the most enchanting AvantStay vacation rental homes to make your May getaway unforgettable.

1. Los Angeles, California

Memorial Day weekend brings special events and the perfect kickoff to summer adventures. And Los Angeles shines brightest in May, offering perfect weather before the summer heat intensifies. With comfortable temperatures in the mid-70s, clear skies, and minimal rainfall, May provides ideal conditions for exploring Hollywood, hiking scenic trails, and enjoying the city’s world-famous beaches. 

Top Activities:

  • Hike to the Hollywood Sign and explore Griffith Park with perfect spring weather
  • Enjoy beach days at Santa Monica and Venice with warm, comfortable temperatures
  • Experience world-class dining and nightlife in West Hollywood and Beverly Hills
  • Visit iconic attractions like Universal Studios and The Getty with fewer crowds

Where to Stay: Unwind at Edendale, a sophisticated three-story Los Angeles retreat featuring award-winning design and three front-facing patios. The incredible hill views are perfect for enjoying the warm weather and unique amenities, including foosball and outdoor dining.

👉 Learn about the best time to visit Los Angeles for optimal weather, discover amazing hiking trails in Los Angeles for outdoor adventures, and find the perfect Los Angeles Airbnb for your California getaway.

2. Port Aransas, Texas

Port Aransas welcomes May visitors with warm Gulf waters and perfect beach weather just in time for Memorial Day celebrations. This charming coastal town on Mustang Island offers pristine beaches, world-class fishing, and a laid-back atmosphere that makes it ideal for family gatherings and group getaways during the holiday weekend.

Top Activities:

  • Fish in the “World’s Luckiest Fishing Village” with prime spring fishing conditions
  • Enjoy warm Gulf waters perfect for swimming, kayaking, and paddleboarding
  • Take dolphin tours and explore the magical Crab Island sandbar experience
  • Experience the famous Texas SandFest if visiting during the festival season

Where to Stay: Dive into fun at Marlin Cove, your ultimate beach retreat just a short stroll from sandy shores, featuring a private pool and hot tub, covered poolside patio, two spacious balconies, and a beautiful modern interior with blue beachy accents throughout.

👉 Discover exciting things to do in Port Aransas for your coastal adventure and find the perfect Port Aransas Airbnb for your Texas Gulf Coast escape.

3. Corpus Christi, Texas

Offering coastal beauty and cultural attractions, Corpus Christi during May has the ideal weather conditions. With warm temperatures and calm seas, Memorial Day weekend becomes an opportunity to explore this vibrant Gulf Coast city’s beaches, maritime attractions, and rich cultural heritage while enjoying some of Texas’s most beautiful coastline.

Top Activities:

  • Explore the Texas State Aquarium and USS Lexington Museum with comfortable weather
  • Enjoy pristine beaches at North Padre Island and Mustang Island
  • Take dolphin tours and Red Dragon Pirate ship adventures in calm spring waters
  • Experience the vibrant downtown area and Corpus Christi Bay waterfront

Where to Stay: Relax at Keeper Red, your ultimate group getaway in a private fishing village along picturesque Laguna Madre Bay, featuring six bedrooms, a community waterfront pool, boat dock with private slips, and two balconies perfect for savoring morning bay breezes.

👉 Find the perfect Corpus Christi Airbnb for your Gulf Coast Memorial Day celebration.

4. Lake Norman, North Carolina

Crystal-clear waters and mild May temperatures create the perfect setting for Memorial Day weekend lake activities. And as North Carolina’s largest man-made lake, Lake Norman offers endless opportunities and fun for water sports, lakeside relaxation, and exploring charming surrounding towns. They are all enhanced by the beautiful spring weather and blooming landscapes.

Top Activities:

  • Enjoy boating, kayaking, and paddleboarding on pristine lake waters
  • Explore Lake Norman State Park with perfect hiking weather and spring blooms
  • Visit charming lakeside towns like Davidson and Cornelius for shopping and dining
  • Experience water sports and fishing in ideal spring conditions

Where to Stay: Escape to Oasis at Ballycastle, featuring a newly installed 15-foot beach, multi-level dock with lake toys, outdoor kitchen with grill and TV, private sauna, hot tub, and stunning lake views from multiple bedrooms and living areas.

👉 Find the perfect Lake Norman Airbnb for your North Carolina lake adventure.

5. Black Mountain, North Carolina

Nestled in the Blue Ridge Mountains near Asheville, Black Mountain offers spectacular spring scenery and comfortable May temperatures perfect for outdoor adventures. Memorial Day weekend provides ideal conditions for hiking, exploring the vibrant arts scene, and enjoying mountain views enhanced by spring’s full bloom and clear skies.

Top Activities:

  • Hike scenic Blue Ridge Mountain trails with perfect spring weather and blooming wildflowers
  • Explore downtown Asheville’s vibrant arts district, breweries, and local dining scene
  • Visit the famous Biltmore Estate with beautiful spring gardens in full bloom
  • Experience outdoor adventures like zip-lining and mountain biking in ideal conditions

Where to Stay: Retreat to Leyland, a gorgeous cabin-style mansion valued at over $1.5 million, featuring multiple decks with expansive Blue Ridge Mountain views, a private hot tub, a large recreation room with foosball, and vaulted ceilings with huge windows for natural light.

6. Telluride, Colorado

May marks the perfect transition season in Telluride, offering mild temperatures and fewer crowds before the summer peak. Memorial Day weekend provides excellent conditions for hiking, mountain biking, and exploring this stunning mountain town’s natural beauty, with snow-capped peaks creating dramatic backdrops and spring weather perfect for outdoor adventures.

Top Activities:

  • Hike spectacular mountain trails with comfortable spring temperatures and stunning views
  • Experience world-class mountain biking on trails enhanced by perfect May weather
  • Explore Telluride’s charming town center with unique shops and mountain dining
  • Take scenic gondola rides for breathtaking panoramic mountain vistas

Where to Stay: Experience luxury at Apex, a 2025 AvantStay Awards finalist featuring rustic exterior charm with modern interiors, a private hot tub for post-adventure relaxation, a cozy home theater, and close proximity to mountain activities and town attractions.

👉 Book the perfect Telluride Airbnb for your mountain getaway, discover 6 reasons for a summer stay in Telluride, and explore exciting things to do in Telluride during your visit.

7. Bend, Oregon

Bend‘s high desert landscape and Cascade Mountain views create a stunning backdrop for May adventures. With mild spring temperatures and clear skies, Memorial Day weekend becomes perfect for exploring outdoor activities, craft breweries, and the area’s famous natural attractions while enjoying some of the Pacific Northwest’s most beautiful scenery.

Top Activities:

  • Hike and bike world-renowned trails with perfect spring weather conditions
  • Explore the famous Bend Ale Trail and craft brewery scene
  • Experience white-water rafting and fishing on the Deschutes River
  • Visit stunning natural attractions like Crater Lake and Smith Rock State Park

Where to Stay: Discover Klamath, the premier cabin in Caldera Springs, featuring unbelievable lakeside views, rich wood finishes, stone fireplaces, an expansive patio with a fire pit, a steamy spa surrounded by towering pines, and access to community amenities including pools and recreational facilities.

👉 Explore amazing things to do in Bend, Oregon, for outdoor adventures and find the perfect Bend, Oregon Airbnb for your Pacific Northwest escape.

The Story Behind Memorial Day Weekend Travel

Memorial Day carries a rich history that makes May travel particularly meaningful. Originally known as Decoration Day, this holiday began in 1868 when communities across America started decorating the graves of Civil War soldiers with flowers and flags. 

The tradition evolved into our modern Memorial Day, officially recognized in 1971 as a federal holiday honoring all American military personnel who died in service.

How Memorial Day Shaped American Travel Culture

The three-day weekend format created by the Uniform Monday Holiday Act transformed Memorial Day from a solemn day of remembrance into America’s unofficial start of summer vacation season. This shift established patterns of family gatherings, road trips, and group getaways that continue today.

Modern Memorial Day Celebration

Today’s Memorial Day weekend represents the perfect balance of honoring our nation’s heroes while celebrating freedom through travel and adventure. Many destinations host special ceremonies, parades, and commemorative events that add deeper meaning to vacation experiences, making May travel both recreational and reflective.

Memorial Day Weekend Travel Tips

May travel coincides with Memorial Day weekend, America’s unofficial start to summer, and a time to honor those who served our country. This three-day weekend creates unique opportunities and considerations for travelers:

Planning Considerations:

  • Book accommodations early, as Memorial Day weekend is one of the busiest travel periods
  • Expect higher rates and minimum stay requirements at popular destinations
  • Plan for increased crowds at major attractions and national parks
  • Consider arriving mid-week to avoid weekend traffic and secure better rates

Weather Advantages:

  • May offers ideal temperatures before summer heat intensifies
  • Spring blooms create stunning natural backdrops for photography
  • Comfortable conditions for outdoor activities and hiking
  • Perfect weather for beach visits without extreme summer crowds

Cultural Significance:

  • Many destinations host Memorial Day parades and ceremonies
  • Special events and festivals often coincide with the holiday weekend
  • Opportunities to visit military memorials and historical sites
  • Community gatherings and local celebrations enhance the travel experience

Spring Into Your Best Memorial Day Weekend Yet

There’s something magical about May travel that goes beyond just pleasant weather. This month captures the anticipation of summer while delivering the gentle warmth of late spring, creating the ideal atmosphere for meaningful Memorial Day gatherings. 

Rather than competing with peak-season crowds or dealing with uncomfortable heat, May offers your group the space and comfort to truly connect.

Your Memorial Day memories deserve more than standard hotel rooms. Discover your ideal group retreat and transform this holiday weekend into an annual tradition worth repeating.

May Sets the Stage for Epic Adventures

Memorial Day weekend marks more than just a long weekend—it’s the official launch of outdoor adventure season across America. May’s unique timing creates opportunities that simply don’t exist during other months, combining perfect weather windows with pre-summer pricing and availability.

The magic lies in May’s versatility: mountain destinations shed their winter coats while remaining comfortably cool, coastal areas warm up without reaching summer’s intensity, and cities come alive with outdoor festivals and events. This creates the rare opportunity for groups with different interests to find common ground in shared destinations.

With AvantStay as your trusted partner in creating unforgettable travel experiences, you can now plan your year of fun getaways. Here are more guides where you can make every season an adventure:

Vacation Rental Owner Becomes Airbnb Superhost

Challenge: Help a seasoned short-term rental owner receive more five-star reviews, become an Airbnb Superhost, and drive more bookings year-round.

Background

Robert purchased his Park City vacation property in 2019 and had been successfully managing it as a short-term rental. Despite bookings being steady, Robert couldn’t figure out how to encourage guests to leave reviews and become a Superhost on Airbnb.

During his time managing his vacation rental on his own, Robert found it difficult to devote more of his time to communicating with guests along with taking care of mid-stay requests. Robert doesn’t live in Park City full-time. Therefore, he would often have friends check in on his property or assist guests while out of town.

Robert soon realized he needed additional help to provide his guests with excellent service and around-the-clock support. He began looking for a vacation rental management company to partner with. Robert reached out to AvantStay when he learned about our in-app upgrades and experiences, on-the-ground local support teams, and Airbnb Superhost status.

Solution

During the onboarding process, Robert discussed his struggle with becoming an Airbnb Superhost and not always being able to go above and beyond for his guests. He was pleased to learn that AvantStay’s local support team in Park City is available 24/7. The team can take care of every guest issue and stock the home with personalized welcome packages before each stay. Robert was also excited about AvantStay’s in-app upgrades and experiences, allowing his guests to request in-home massages, fridge stockings, mid-stay cleanings, and more.

With the COVID-19 pandemic still present, cleaning also became difficult for Robert. His home now receives premium care from AvantStay’s housekeeping team. The team professionally cleans after every stay, adhering to CDC-grade cleaning standards and a premium 100-point checklist.

On the design front, AvantStay’s interior designers saw an opportunity to refresh Robert’s home. They purchased furnishings to create a cozy space for guests to warm up after a day of skiing or relax after hiking, fly fishing, mountain biking, or exploring the town.

Property performance

Time with AvantStay: 13 months
Occupancy rate: 67%
Weekend occupancy rate: 77.5%
Rental income: $96,850

Results

After a year of working with AvantStay, Robert is officially an Airbnb Superhost with a five-star rating overall, and five stars for both communication and cleanliness. His short-term rental now receives more positive reviews than ever, with guests frequently commenting on the welcome gifts, in-app upgrades, amenities, and design.

Overall, Robert’s Superhost status and positive reviews have helped Robert increase bookings, even during Park City’s off-season. Since partnering with AvantStay, Robert’s occupancy rate increased to 67%, surpassing the average rate of 47% for the market.

“10/10 would recommend AvantStay for any short-term rental owners,” said Robert. “Even being located in a seasonal destination, my property still has more bookings than ever. My neighbors keep asking me how I keep the place filled. I’m always excited to tell them about AvantStay.”

Interested in learning more about vacation rental management with AvantStay? Our team of experts is here to help. Unlock your vacation rental’s full value and get started with our team today.

The Best Vacation Homes with Basketball Courts

The thrill of a perfect three-pointer on the basketball court and the cheers echoing under the sun. End the day by grilling on the BBQ and enjoy dinner al fresco with your family or loved ones, guaranteed to get your head in the game – vacation and all. 

One thing about us: we’re firm believers that you should never have to leave your hobbies at home. That’s why we created this MVP roundup of vacation homes with private basketball courts – perfect for players who like to consider themselves sharpshooters, fanatics, and everything in between even during a trip. 

From spacious estates perfect for large groups to cozy getaways ideal for family fun, in this blog, we have compiled a list of our vacation homes with basketball courts. Explore your options and book your stay today!

1. Malvasia – Sonoma

From the pool to the hot tub, the basketball court to the billiards, Malvasia got it going. Lucky for you, this stay’s located in sunny Sonoma, CA, where sunshine graces the valley. When you’ve soaked up all the sun you can handle, hang out by the rooftop that overlooks the surrounding countryside. This unique 5-bedroom retreat offers a luxurious escape just 20 minutes from Sonoma Valley’s finest wineries and vineyards, making it the perfect base for wine enthusiasts.

Aside from the wineries in Sonoma, there are still a lot of activities to do while you’re around. Check out our guide on the best things to do in Sonoma County.

2. Desert Splash – Scottsdale

He shoots, and he scores (with this home). Desert Splash is a 5-bedroom stay in Scottsdale, AZ with room for up to 14 guests. Get your head in the game with all this outdoor oasis has to offer: a newly painted basketball court, fire pit, and an oh-so-inviting pool. Challenge your friends to a ping pong match, fire up the built-in BBQ for a championship feast, and gather around the fire pit to recount the day’s victories.

Other house in Temecula with Basketball Courts:

3. Grapevine – Temecula

Swish you were here! Set on four acres of Temecula vineyards down a long, palm tree-lined driveway, Grapevine is a private wine country estate where the games don’t stop when you step off the basketball court. Shoot hoops on the property, hustle around the pool table, or challenge your crew to corn hole and rope swing shenanigans under the California sun. When you’ve worked up an appetite, fire up the stone and marble summer kitchen — complete with a bar and grill — and toast to a day well played with a glass of local Temecula wine. The high ceilings, sophisticated interiors, and vineyard views make it just as tempting to stay in as to venture out.

If you are in Temecula for wine hopping, check out our guide on the 22 best things to do in Temecula.

4. Villa Verdot – Temecula

Game on. Villa Verdot is a 6-bedroom Temecula stay complete with a basketball court, spacious lawn, patio, wet bar, swimming pool, hot tub, and tennis court. Relax the hammock after a game or two then make your way to the outdoor kitchen where you can show everyone who the grill master is around here. Enjoy a meal al fresco or head inside to the expansive dining table and cheers to a vacay well done.

Other houses in Temecula with Basketball Courts: 

5. Pioneer at Brasada Ranch Resort – Oregon

Odds are, if you’re taking a trip to Central Oregon, you’ve got a thing for it. Next time you find yourself in, stay at Pioneer, a vacation home we have at Brasada Ranch Resort, enjoy a round of golf, engage in friendly competition on the volleyball or basketball courts, explore scenic trails on horseback, or try out the indoor gym. This expansive 4-bedroom estate has room for up to 10  guests and has all the amenities you would need, thanks to the Brasada Ranch community. 

Other houses we have in Brasada Ranch Resort:

6. Pura Vida – Port Aransas

Embrace the pure life at this inviting ground-floor condo in Port Aransas, nestled within the Island Retreat complex. With direct boardwalk access to the beach and stunning sand dune views, Pura Vida is just steps away from the Gulf’s soothing waves. This 3-bedroom, 2-bathroom retreat comes with a community pool, basketball hoop, tennis court, and pickleball court. 

Staying with a big group? You can rent our other Island Retreat homes through a buyout! 

7. Hygge Home – Poconos

Welcome to Hygge Home! This Poconos paradise awaits within Brier Crest Woods, where you can gather around, enjoy the warmth of a fire pit, and have fun in the community park by the lake. This 3-bedroom home offers a perfect base for exploring the Poconos, with easy access to skiing, waterparks, hiking, boating, fishing, and dining. During summer months, you get to enjoy lake/beach access with provided wristbands

Other houses in Temecula with Basketball Courts: 

8. Villa Verbena – Coachella Valley 

Coachella Valley is home to this stunner of a stay complete with a pool for lounging during the day, a fire pit for gathering around with friends, and string lights overhead for when the sun sets and the party comes alive. For extraordinary experiences, perfect for work retreats, wellness getaways, brand activations, and any event where you want to create lasting memories, Villa Verbena scores as the winner of your next vacation home.

Other Coachella Valley homes with a basketball ring:

9. Skylight – Oregon

Skylight is the game-winning buzzer-beater, an Oregon mountain pad that’s basically a pass to awesome. Designed for your squad to run the floor and drop dimes of unforgettable memories, this 7-bedroom house can cater to 16 guests where you and your crew can chill in sprawling lounge zones, laugh till your sides hurt over an alfresco meal, and generally have the kind of good time in the hot tub under the stars. 

If you are interested in venturing to more places aside from having indoor fun, here are our best suggestions on what to do in Central Oregon. 

10. Olivano Ranch – Palm Desert, CA

Ready to run the court? Olivano Ranch brings the energy with a private basketball setup that’s perfect for everything from casual shootarounds to full-on tournaments with your crew. When you’re not calling fouls, rotate over to the pool, fire up the grill, or keep the competition going inside the game garage. With wide-open space and a layout designed for groups, this desert stay turns every day into a highlight reel.

Even More Amenities 

We have so much more to offer when it comes to extraordinary amenities. Check out these other posts where we dive into more of what makes AvantStay a cut above the rest:

– 

Ideas for Organizing Epic-Friendly Tournaments or Competitions

Bracket-Style Tournament: Participants are organized into a bracket, typically resembling a tree diagram. Participants are paired off, and the winner of each match advances to the next round, while the loser is eliminated. This continues until only one winner remains. It’s a single-elimination system, creating a clear path to the championship.

How It Works:

  • Draw up a visual bracket (whiteboard, poster, or even a digital bracket on a shared screen).
  • Teams are randomly seeded or pre-seeded based on skill (if you know your group).
  • Single-elimination: One loss, and you’re out! This creates high-stakes and intense matches.
  • Consider a “consolation bracket” for teams eliminated early, giving them more playing time.

Round Robin Tournament: Each participant plays every other participant a predetermined number of times. Everyone competes against each other and the winner is typically determined by the participant with the most wins or the best overall record.

How it Works:

  • Every team plays every other team once. This ensures maximum playing time and fairness.
  • Track wins, losses, and point differentials to determine the final standings.
  • Perfect for groups where everyone wants to play a lot.

Themed Tournaments: Incorporate a specific theme to enhance the experience beyond just the standard gameplay. This could involve costumes, music, decorations, or specific rules, all tied to the chosen theme. The purpose is to create a more immersive, entertaining, and memorable event, adding a layer of fun and creativity to the competition.

Theme Examples:

  • “90s NBA Night”: Dress in retro jerseys, play 90s hip-hop, and try to replicate classic NBA moves.
  • “Trick Shot Challenge”: Focus on creative and ridiculous shots.
  • “Around the World Championship”: See who can master every shooting spot.
  • “Celebrity Look-Alike”: Each player acts like a famous basketball player.

– 

Call the Game on Your Next Vacation

Don’t bench your vacation dreams. Call the travel time-out and book your stay at a vacation home with a basketball court today!

22 Best Things To Do in Temecula

Temecula Valley is a popular day-trip destination for Southern California wine enthusiasts. The area’s gentle, rolling hills, lush greenery, and rich wine culture are better appreciated during a long weekend or extended getaway. There’s a lot to enjoy in this hidden Inland Empire gem, so round up your closest pals and discover the 22 best things to do in Temecula.

Award-winning, small-batch vintages from over 50 nearby wineries are waiting for you and your crew to sample them. Given SoCal’s year-round perfect weather, there’s no bad time to sip on Malbec or Petite Sirah Rose while watching hot air balloons drift overhead and dot the horizon.

Of course, you don’t need to drink to enjoy Temecula. Quaint antique shops and offbeat boutiques line the streets, waiting for you and your crew to browse inside or just pose for photos for the ‘gram outside the historic, Western-style buildings. Plus, once you’ve done enough exploring, there’s no shortage of soaking tubs in the area’s numerous spas. After a day of touring vineyards and trekking across hiking trails, a massage table or hot tub is the perfect end-of-day destination.

Munch Your Way Through A Smorgasbord of Dining Options

restaurants in temecula

1. Indulge in Spanish Flavors at Bolero at Europa Village

Located on more than 45 acres of rolling hills in the Temecula Valley, Bolero at Europa Village is the first of three distinct stops within Europa Village. Complete with a boutique, a Spanish-inspired restaurant, and a beautiful wine cave and tasting room, it’s the perfect place to engulf yourself in local culture. Bolero Restaurante serves breakfast, lunch, and dinner with menus to celebrate the centuries-old tradition of tapas. Shareable plates include seafood, steak, roasted vegetables, olives, European cheeses, and charcuterie.

For the perfect home base near Europa Village, consider a stay at Bordeaux by AvantStay.

2. Enjoy Casual Bites and Drinks at The Cantina at Bolero

On the more casual side, The Cantina at Bolero is a rustic bar offering tapas, house wines, private-label beer, and cocktails. Best of all are the options, totaling 13 indoor and outdoor venues within the resort’s 15,315 square feet.

After enjoying the tapas and drinks at The Cantina, unwind at Merlot by AvantStay, a comfortable retreat located just a short drive away.

3. Savor Gourmet Cuisine with a View at Altisima Winery’s Gaspar’s Restaurant

Altisima Winery‘s tasting room offers magnificent, must-see views, courtesy of its hillside site. This legacy winery is in partnership with eight local families. Wine isn’t the only thing on the menu, though. Gaspar’s Restaurant, named after Spanish explorer Gaspar de Portola, is part of the winery, featuring a gourmet menu for dining indoors and outdoors.

For a charming and comfortable retreat with easy access to Altisima Winery and its stunning vistas, consider booking Chardonnay Charm by AvantStay.

4. Dine Bistro-Style in Old Town at Small Barn

In Old Town Temecula, Small Barn restaurant serves bistro-style menu selections in The Antique Cottage’s former home on Old Town Front Street. The owners hired former Top Chef contestant Angelo Sosa as culinary director to create charcuterie, salads, and soups.

Enjoying the bistro-style delights at Small Barn in Old Town Temecula? Retreat to the nearby tranquility of De Luz!

5. Experience Authentic Italian Cuisine at Bottega Italia

Bottega Italia offers a touch of Italy without international travel. The Prestifilippo family prides itself on authentic and quality products and five-star service. Using fresh and sustainable ingredients in classic recipes, perhaps the most valued item on the menu is Chef Gimmy Piperku’s pizza.

For a welcoming and comfortable stay near the authentic Italian flavors of Bottega Italia, consider a stay at Casa del Arbol.

6. Share Delicious Plates at Oscars Brewing Company

The menu at Oscars Brewing Company (OBC) is designed for foodies who love sharing. Executive Chef Nick Tall takes pride in creating a balance of healthy and decadent menu options. OBC is a scratch kitchen and bakery that supports local farms, non-GMO produce, humane agriculture, and sustainable food sources while reducing the carbon footprint by using biodegradable and compostable materials. This eatery is open for brunch, lunch, and dinner, as well as indoor and outdoor dining.

Extend your Temecula experience beyond the delicious offerings of Oscars Brewing Company with a stay at the conveniently located Grand Contento.

7. Excite Your Palate with Charcuterie at Grazing Theory

If you love quality charcuterie and nosh time with a cheese board front and center, Grazing Theory is for you. Owner Gina LaMora elevates the experience in presentations meant to wow. If you’re seeking to entertain a group, you can schedule a Wine & Cheese Pairing Charcuterie Workshop. Several wineries in Temecula offer mini charcuterie boxes and pre-ordered boards for wine tasting, including Doffo Winery, Akash Winery, Danza del Sol Winery, Peltzer Winery, Vitagliano Winery, and Batch Mead.

Order to-go delivery to picnic at a winery or wherever you’re staying, such as the AvantStay Palazzo Del Sol, where you can enjoy dinner on the upstairs veranda deck while gazing out at the home’s beautiful mountain views.

8. Taste Local Brews at Temecula Brewing Company

Temecula Brewing Company, located in Vail Headquarters, began in a garage. Today, the brand has grown, and its logo pays homage to Temecula Valley’s ranching history with the traditional cattle skull. The arrows represent the Luiseño people of the Temecula Valley region, and the wheat ends of the arrows speak to the craft of brewing, as does the hop head symbol on the skull.

Looking for a charming place to stay after enjoying the history and brews at Temecula Brewing Company? Summit Ranch by AvantStay offers a wonderful option in the heart of wine country, with a private vineyard and infinity pool just beyond the back porch.

Get Your Thrills at the Outdoor Activities in Temecula

outdoor activities in temecula

9. Explore Temecula Wine Country by E-Bike

Temecula Wine Country E-Bike Rentals allows you to pedal at your own pace to enjoy the trails and explore the region. These state-of-the-art electric bikes are designed for a smooth and easy biking experience along paved and dirt roads. Bring a water bottle and your cell phone to place in the bike’s appointed cage storage. You’ll get your own bike lock, helmet, and maps with your rental, and you have the option to rent a picnic bag.

For a fantastic home base while you pedal your way through Temecula’s vineyards with an e-bike rental, why not book a stay at Villa Verdot?

10. Experience Local Culture at the Starlight Bazaar

Starlight Bazaar at the Vail Headquarters is held on the last Friday of every month from 6-10 p.m. This nighttime festival showcases local music, art, food, and culture.

11. Saddle Up for a Horseback Riding Adventure

Saddle up and channel your inner equestrian at one of these spots to take a horseback ride tour or attend a spectator event:

  • Green Acres Ranch Inc. offers riding lessons and therapeutic riding appointments.
  • Temecula Carriage Co. is the place to reserve a horse-drawn carriage ride or a private dining carriage for dinner.
  • Galway Downs, a race-horse training facility, is also where you’ll want to take in a dressage show. Be sure to check out the upcoming events.
  • Wine Country Trails by Horseback offers riding experiences through the beautiful vineyards of the Temecula Wine Country. Take a 90-minute guided tour along with breathtaking views of the Maurice Car’rie Winery vineyards on docile and gentle horses led by seasoned tour guides.
  • Book your Fine Wine and Horses adventure at Vin Hesten Trail Rides to take a professional horseback riding lesson before an hour-long trail ride with a stop for wine tasting at a partner winery.

12. Try Your Luck at Pechanga Resort and Casino

Feeling lucky? The Pechanga Resort and Casino has the largest casino floor in California and features over 5,000 slot machines, 158 table games, a non-smoking poker room with 38 tables, and an ultra-modern, 700-seat bingo facility. You can also purchase tickets to concerts such as “The Go Go’s,” or grab a seat inside the Comedy Club. Treat your friends to dinner with your big win and enjoy Italian-inspired culinary plates at Paisano’s or slurp a dozen oysters at Umi Sushi & Oyster Bar. Meat eaters will want to book a reservation at The Great Oak Steakhouse before heading back to the roulette table.

Looking for a peaceful escape after a night of fun at Pechanga Resort and Casino? Grapevine is a wonderful option for your Temecula getaway.

13. Discover Local History at the Temecula Valley Museum

Step back in time at the Temecula Valley Museum and experience the rich history of Temecula Valley’s old town from its discovery to today. After stepping back in time, enjoy a comfortable and convenient stay at Cleveland Vista, located just a short drive from Old Town.

14. Tee Off at Temecula Creek Golf Club

Temecula Creek Golf Club is the place to strut your put. Awarded a Four-Star rating from Golf Digest, these three Temecula golf courses offer challenging play in a one-of-a-kind, scenic setting. For golfers seeking a relaxing and convenient stay after a round of golf, consider booking Via del Sur by AvantStay.

15. Take a Breathtaking Hot Air Balloon Ride

Be sure to rise up, up, and away in a hot air balloon ride for a mix of peace and adventure. A gentle sunrise floats above the picturesque rolling hills, and vineyards are available year-round.

  • California Dreamin’ offers a post-landing light European breakfast served in a private rose garden, complete with mimosas and local fare.
  • Magical Adventure balloon rides include a flute of premium champagne, juice, or mimosa to make a toast to the start of a glorious day. Continental breakfast is also part of the package. Nobody leaves without their commemorative flight certificate, complimentary souvenir photo taken by a professional photographer, two-for-one wine-tasting tickets, and more discounts to six local wineries.
  • A Grape Escape adventure begins at sunrise. You’ll be invited to help inflate your beautiful hot air balloon or simply observe others. Once in the basket and in the air, your pilot, a.k.a. “tour guide,” will point out areas of interest and take questions about the region. Once grounded, toast to a successful flight with a mimosa and light breakfast served picnic style in the gardens at Europa Village Winery, and leave with a souvenir certificate of flight.

Sip the Finest at the Best Wineries in Temecula

best wineries in temecula

16. Explore the Calle Contento Wine Trail

Hit the Calle Contento Wine Trail for vino tastings “off the beaten road,” or at least located along a less busy trail off Rancho California Road. Wineries worth the turn off the road include:

  • The Patel family’s Akash Winery, if only for a taste of Dreamville Brosé.
  • Briar Rose Winery, a land of enchantment said to be the first cult winery of Temecula.
  • Turn into Falkner Winery for a taste sure to please your palate, especially considering that 80 percent of the wines on their tasting menu are award-winning.
  • Lumiere Winery is where you can taste a 2017 white merlot, a rare offering in the wine world.
  • Peltzer Family Cellars offers more than a winery, but its wine options are worthy of a stop alone. From Prosecco to Malvasia Bianca, Barbera, and more, the wines aren’t all you’ll find here. This property is land to a pumpkin farm, and there are train rides and live music events to enjoy. Oh, and they also have an ice skating rink open during the winter months, featuring 8,400 square feet of skating space, complimentary gliders, picnic benches, hot cocoa, snacks, local food truck eats, and a bar serving Peltzer wines, of course.
  • Vindemia Vineyard & Estate Winery offers varieties, including a popular “More Cowbell” label with a blend of zinfandel, cabernet, viognier, and syrah. The backdrop to this winery is its 100 olive trees, which they harvest and press for fresh, delicious olive oil, available at certain times of the year.

If you’d like to experience living by a winery, book Wilson Creek Manor for a truly immersive Temecula wine country experience, just a stone’s throw from many of these fantastic vineyards.

Shop ‘Til You Drop in Downtown Temecula

shopping in temecula

17. Shop for Handmade Bath & Body Products at Downtown Apothecary

In the Vail Headquarters historic district, its Downtown Apothecary is the place to purchase small-batch handmade bath and body products. Essential oil blends and sea sponges are among its popular products.

18. Find Unique Treasures at Big Horse Feed & Mercantile

Big Horse Feed & Mercantile began with a few horse-related items and feed for sale, but today, it offers much more than feed. You can find unique items for pets, humans, and your home, and come October, there’s a festival that’s complete with a corn maze.

19. Design Your Dream Furniture at Bucket of Nails

At Vail Headquarters, Bucket of Nails is the go-to place for custom-built furniture and home décor. Want to design your dream table? This is a good place to start!

20. Purchase Alpaca Goods at Temecula Valley Alpacas

Temecula Valley Alpacas is the perfect place to purchase hats, wraps, and more, all handmade from fabric shed by the animals you’ll greet upon entrance.

21. Explore Old Town’s Specialty Shops

Old Town specialty shops worthy of a visit include:

22. Shop Local at Temecula’s Farmers Markets

Farmers’ Markets are held on Saturdays in Old Town, Tuesdays in Vail Headquarters, and Wednesdays in Promenade. Shop here for local produce, artisan, and handcrafted goods.

A visit to Temecula guarantees an authentic, memorable experience, especially if you hit a few items on our list. From locally sourced cuisine and Alpaca-oriented boutiques to vineyard tours and hot air balloon rides overlooking the city, Temecula has it all. Explore Temecula firsthand at one of AvantStay’s Temecula properties.

The Best Restaurants in Hilton Head for the Hungry Traveler

When traveling to the beautiful Hilton Head Island, relaxation and fun are on the menu. This lovely seaside town has something for everyone, including restaurants for every palate. While seafood is prevalent here since you’re right by the ocean, they have plenty of other options too. 

We love planning ahead and researching the best restaurants before your trip, so you can get right to eating when your group is hungry. Here are some of the best restaurants in Hilton Head, South Carolina.

The Crazy Crab

The Crazy Crab Hilton Head restaurant

The Crazy Crab is such a popular restaurant in Hilton Head that there are two locations for you to dine at: one is in Harbor Town and the other is in Jarvis Creek. Both offer the same fun  casual atmosphere and delicious food.

The huge menu of options at The Crazy Crab is one thing people love about the place. You’re certain to find something for everyone in your group and end the meal full and happy. As for our favorites, their shrimp and crab boils, as well as their steamed seafood, are some of the best in the area.

Skull Creek Boathouse

award-winning bistro Skull Creek Boathouse in Hilton Head

Skull Creek Boathouse is an award-winning bistro in Hilton Head. It offers excellent indoor seating, but its outdoor patio is the perfect spot to enjoy the sunset. You’ll love the shaded outdoor seating where you can sip refreshing tropical cocktails and local beer while the sun sets.

It’s no surprise that a waterfront restaurant has plenty of seafood dishes. They’re known for their ceviche, where you can choose your seafood and sauce. If you want a little change of pace, they also have steak, pasta, and more. Most notably, their shrimp and grits are some of the best around.

WiseGuys

steackhouse WiseGuys

WiseGuys is a popular steakhouse when your crew has something to celebrate or simply want an elegant dining experience. They serve classic American dishes with an elevated twist. You can’t go wrong with their veal chop or lobster tail.

For those who love a cocktail or beverage with their meal, you have to try their house cocktail, The Ultimate Wise Guy. They also have a great selection of wine, craft beer, and classic mixed drinks.

Sage Room

Sage Room at Hilton Head

There are plenty of casual dining restaurants in Hilton Head, but if you’re looking to treat yourself or celebrate a special occasion, the Sage Room is the fine dining experience you need with mood lighting, white tablecloths, and an extensive wine list that will impress anyone you invite to join you.

The menu has a little bit of everything. Enjoy their salads, soups, steaks, lamb, and a restaurant favorite, their champagne-poached scallops. If you want international cuisine done with elegance that you can see, the Sage Room is the optimal choice.

Sea Shack

Sea Shack

Sea Shack features bright blue walls and a counter where you’ll place your order. Despite being very busy, their service is fast and the food is consistently high-quality. They offer indoor seating and have large picnic tables for outdoor seating. They also accept take-out orders and, conveniently, there are quite a few great vacation rentals near Sea Shack.

The menu features everything from catfish and flounder to alligator. And while everything is tasty, they’re most famous for their lobster rolls. In addition, they always have Blackboard Specials with the catch of the day, so it’s worth keeping an eye on those.

Pomodori Italian Eatery

Pomodori Italian Eatery pasta

Sometimes, pasta is the only thing that will hit the spot. For some of the best pasta in town, head to Pomodori Italian Eatery. It has a fairly casual atmosphere and is family-friendly for travelers of all ages. They have plenty of kid-approved options for those traveling with little ones.

They have all your Italian favorites like spaghetti and meatballs, fettuccine alfredo, bruschetta, and seafood linguine. Whatever you order, save room for one of their mouthwatering desserts. The espresso brownie is a hit with everyone.

Hudson’s Seafood House on the Docks

Hudson's Seafood House on the Docks view in Hilton Head

Restaurants with waterfront views in Hilton Head aren’t uncommon, but Hudson’s Seafood House on the Docks is unique. It sits on the Port Royal Sound, and you’ll have a great view regardless of where you’re seated in the restaurant.

You’re getting some of the freshest seafood here since one of the two fishing fleets in town operates on their dock. You can enjoy local shrimp, shrimp po-boys, and other fresh catches at any time of the day. Their brunch service is top-rated on weekends, and all their dishes pair great with a bloody Mary or mimosa.

Santa Fe Cafe

Santa Fe Cafe space in Hilton Head

Hilton Head doesn’t only have southern and seafood restaurants. You’ll find Santa Fe Cafe nestled near some of the best golf courses on the island. Walking inside, you’ll feel like you’ve teleported to New Mexico in this stunning space. It’s beautifully decorated with bright colors and cacti.

People love the rooftop terrace where you can enjoy a great drink with lovely views. The menu here features a broad range of dishes, from grill to seafood and Mexican dishes, including tacos, burritos, fajitas, and more. They also serve an ample selection of beverages catering to different tastes.

A Lowcountry Backyard Restaurant

A Lowcountry Backyard Restaurant in Hilton Head

You can’t visit Hilton Head without stopping at A Lowcountry Backyard Restaurant. This charming American restaurant features a quaint little garden with outdoor seating when the weather’s nice. It’s heated in the winter and has a casual atmosphere.

The menu here features classic American dishes and, of course, southern cuisine. You’ll love trying their fried green tomatoes and burgers and finishing your meal with the best banana pudding in town. Don’t forget to try the local moonshine if you’re over 21!

Skillets Cafe & Grill

Skillets Cafe & Grill

They say breakfast is the most important meal of the day, and there’s no better breakfast on Hilton Head Island than Skillets Cafe and Grill. Even if breakfast isn’t your favorite, they’re open for lunch and dinner too.

You’ll be able to feast on French toast, a variety of omelets, and other breakfast favorites until three pm every day. If you’re popping in for lunch or dinner, their fried seafood, crab cakes, pimento cheese dip, and other mouthwatering southern items will satisfy you.

Salty Dog Cafe

Salty Dog Cafe

Salty Dog Cafe is an excellent choice for those looking for a great waterfront restaurant but a casual vibe. They’re known for their classic beach and nautical decor, amazing atmosphere, and delicious food.

This seafood restaurant offers excellent views while you dine on some of the tastiest foods Hilton Head offers. The Salty Dog Cafe is the perfect way to experience authentic southern cuisine. You can’t miss trying their gator bites, crab cakes, pimento cheese dip, and local spirits from the Hilton Head Distillery.

Old Oyster Factory Restaurant

Old Oyster Factory Restaurant

The Old Oyster Factory Restaurant is the epitome of a waterfront fine dining experience. For more than 30 years, it’s been a favorite for locals and tourists who want a nice meal on the water. If you’re craving oysters, you’ll have plenty to choose from here.

This restaurant is known for fresh seafood and its charcuterie board. It’s a great dining experience for people of all ages with a menu that has something everyone will enjoy. Even if you’re not in the mood for seafood, they have salads, steak, and chicken entrees.

Bullies BBQ

Bullies BBQ

You can’t miss trying Bullies BBQ when all you want is traditional southern barbeque. This old-school joint isn’t one you’ll get all dressed up for, but after a long day on the beach or golfing, it hits the spot.

Bullies BBQ has everything you could want in a barbecue joint. There’s a variety of smoked and grilled meats and excellent side dishes, and you get to choose which sauce you want on your meat. The Carolina vinegar BBQ sauce is a must-try!

Conclusion

Best Vacation Rental Amenities To Boost Your ROI: Desert Edition

Ready to create a five-star guest experience and increase the return on your vacation rental investment? A great starting point is by adding experiential elements and sought-after amenities to your home. Vacation rental amenities help create an exceptional guest experience, drive more positive reviews, and ultimately increase your rental income. This article is the first of a series breaking down popular amenities and the advantages they create, by market type. Keep reading to discover our top amenity picks for desert vacation rentals. 

The importance of vacation rental amenities 

Outdoor yoga deck at AvantStay Joshua Tree vacation rental

In competitive markets, like Joshua Tree and Coachella Valley, the vacation rentals that are going to get more bookings and drive strong returns are the one-of-a-kind and exciting homes that stand out from the rest. If you have unique amenities, like a yoga deck or bocce ball court, showcase these in some of the first photos on your listing page to grab guests’ attention. Before we reveal what the top desert vacation rental amenities are, let’s cover the benefits of investing in interior design and luxury amenities.

Attract more guests

58% of millennials make their booking decision based on the first five photos of the home. Professionally designed properties with new furnishings, stylish decor, and top-of-the-line amenities attract guests who appreciate and respect the elements that make your home unique. 

Earn higher ratings 

Homes with thoughtfully designed interiors and amenities are directly linked to higher ratings and referrals from guests. An appealing and comfortable home where guests can gather and entertain has a proven positive effect on the guest experience. 

Increase your revenue 

Helping homeowners choose and install the right amenities is just one part of how AvantStay maximizes your property’s value and increases your profit by up to 20-30%. You’ll notice a surge in bookings as guests prefer to stay at properties with professionally designed interiors and experiential amenities for the whole group to enjoy. 

Best vacation rental amenities for desert homes

Joshua Tree vacation rental with pool

Vacation rental amenities can make the difference between a four and five-star review. But which amenities are guests looking for? We dove into our data to discover what amenities drive the greatest returns in our desert vacation rentals. 

Pools & spas

Allow guests to soak up the sun or comfortably stargaze on chilly desert nights with a pool and hot tub. Adding a pool and hot tub to your property is the #1 investment you can make. While cowboy tubs are great for Instagram pics, new build pool and spa assets drive greater returns for our Joshua Tree homeowners. Below are our findings for Joshua Tree homes over a 12-month period: 

  • New build pool and spa assets generate 30% higher RevPAU (revenue per available unit) compared to standard pool and spa assets and cowboy tubs
  • Homes with both a pool and spa see 112% higher ADRs and 179% higher RevPAU than homes with neither 
  • Homes with both a pool and spa see 12% higher ADRs and 17% higher RevPAU than homes with just a pool

Outdoor sport courts

Guests will love to engage in some friendly competition with an outdoor sport court. Bocce ball, horseshoes, shuffleboard, cornhole, and pickleball courts are great options for desert vacation rentals. According to our research, Joshua Tree vacation rentals with an outdoor sport court drive 14% higher ADRs and 15% greater RevPAU than homes without. 

Fire pits, yoga decks, and outdoor sculptures  

Joshua Tree vacation rental backyard with firepit and cornhole

Commit to the zen but funky vibe of Joshua Tree with outdoor elements like a fire pit, yoga deck, and “Instagrammable” sculptures. These amenities are typically a low-lift to install and offer a minor impact on ADRs. However, according to market research, homes with some of these experiential elements (in addition to a pool and spa), see higher RevPAU than homes with more bedrooms and only a pool and spa. 

Indoor game room

Joshua Tree homes in our portfolio with an indoor game room only see 12% higher RevPAU than homes without. Guests visiting desert markets are usually looking to spend time outside. If you’re thinking about adding a game room to your short-term rental, consider investing in a pool and hot tub, or one of the other outdoor amenities listed above instead. 

Level up your vacation rental with AvantStay

AvantStay interior design before and after image of Joshua Tree vacation rental

Only AvantStay homeowners have access to our award-winning Interior Design team that elevates homes in under nine days, instantly increasing your home’s equity and maximizing your ROI. We believe the best accommodations are designed to enhance every aspect of a guest’s travels, which is why we transform beautiful homes into incredible experiences that foster unforgettable memories.

We help procure high-quality, durable furniture and upscale amenities, and coordinate delivery and installation on your behalf so you don’t have to lift a finger. Our thoughtfully designed spaces encourage gathering and allow guests to make the most of their time at your home—leaving them recharged and ready to write a five-star review! 

AvantStay interior design before and after image of Joshua Tree vacation rental

Are you looking to upgrade your vacation rental design and amenities? Our interior designers can create a custom, locally inspired space that guests will love. If you’re interested in learning more about AvantStay’s design, procurement, and vacation rental management services, our team of experts is ready to help. Get started today!

The Ultimate Vacation Rental Inventory Checklist

Successfully managing a vacation rental requires a lot of preparation. From complying with local regulatory laws to knowing what to stock for your guests, there’s a lot to think about. Most short-term rental hosts start their business without any training or experience. There’s no guidebook to running a short-term rental—you learn by doing. But wouldn’t it be great to have a checklist of all the things you need to be a great host? We thought so too! In this article, you’ll find a full vacation rental inventory checklist complete with all the supplies you’ll need to wow your guests, leaving them happy and eager to write a positive review.

What to stock in your vacation rental kitchen 

AvantStay vacation rental kitchen fully stocked

One of the best perks of staying in a short-term rental instead of a hotel is having the ability to cook your own meals. A kitchen with no supplies and gadgets isn’t of much use. Here’s a list of items to stock in your vacation rental kitchen so guests can create their own family meals and lasting memories. 

Appliances 

  • Toaster
  • Coffee maker
  • Tea kettle
  • Blender
  • Brita water pitcher
  • Ice trays (2)

Cookware and bakeware

  • Pots and pans set 
  • Non-stick skillet
  • Cutting boards
  • Baking sheets (2)
  • Glass baking dishes (2)
  • Mixing bowls
  • Oven mitts
  • Hot pads

Dinnerware and glasses

  • Dinner plates (2x occupancy)
  • Salad plates (2x occupancy)
  • Bowls (2x occupancy)
  • Mugs (2x occupancy)
  • Water glasses (occupancy +4)
  • Stemless wine glasses (occupancy +2)

Flatware and utensils

  • Forks (2x occupancy)
  • Spoons (2x occupancy)
  • Knives (2x occupancy)
  • Chef’s knives
  • Scissors
  • Wooden spoons
  • Cooking utensils

Serveware 

  • Serving platters (4)
  • Salad bowl
  • Serving bowls (2)
  • Serving pitcher
  • Cheese board

Pantry

  • Ground coffee
  • Tea
  • Sugar
  • Stevia sweetener
  • Salt and pepper
  • Olive oil
  • Seasonings

Cleaning and storage

  • Paper towels
  • Trash bin
  • Trash bags
  • Recycling bin
  • Dishwashing soap
  • Soap dispenser
  • All-purpose cleaner
  • Kitchen towels (8)
  • Linen napkins (12)
  • Glass Tupperware set (6)
  • Knife block
  • Utensil holder
  • Cutlery organizer
  • Paper towel holder
  • Sponge holder

What to stock in your vacation rental bedroom 

AvantStay vacation rental bedroom

Guests view their time away from home as a chance to relax and recharge from their everyday routine. This includes a good night’s sleep! Make sure you make the beds with high-quality sheets, warm blankets, and comfortable pillows. Sure, supplying your guests with lower-quality bedding might be cost-effective. However, having high-quality bedding provides your guests with a more comfortable stay and could be the difference between a bad and good review.

  • Duvet cover (2 per bed size)
  • Duvet insert (1 per bed size)
  • Mattress pad (1 per bed size)
  • Mattress (1 per bed size)
  • Pillows
  • Sheet set (2x per bed size)
  • Pillowcases (4x per bed size)
  • Pack and Play sheet set
  • Luggage rack (1 per bedroom)
  • Extra throw blankets

What to stock in your vacation rental bathroom

A tidy and clean bathroom filled with high-quality products provides guests with a spa-like experience. This starts with the basics, from appliances to luxury travel-sized toiletries. When it comes to bath towels, a common rule of thumb is to leave two per guest. You might also consider having a closet with a few extra towels stocked.

Bathroom basics

  • Handsoap
  • Hairdryer (2x per home)
  • Plunger and brush caddy
  • Shower setup
    • Curtain and liner
    • Rings
    • Rod
  • Toilet paper
  • Tissues
  • Wastebasket and extra bags
  • Floor mat 

Towels

  • Bath (2x occupancy)
  • Hand (2x occupancy)
  • Washcloths (2x occupancy)

Bath products

  • Shower gel
  • Shampoo
  • Conditioner

Housekeeping supplies for your vacation rental

Stock up on these basic organization and cleaning supplies so guests can unpack, unwind, and keep their space tidy. 

Cleaning supplies

  • Disinfectant
  • All-purpose cleaner
  • Vacuum
  • Spray mop
  • Floor cleaner
  • Broom and dustpan
  • Paper towels
  • Sponges
  • Dishwasher detergent
  • Dish soap
  • Bleach

Laundry 

  • Laundry detergent
  • Clothing hangers (100 per home)
  • Iron and ironing board
  • Drying rack 

Power

  • Light bulbs
  • Power strips
  • Extension cords

Trash

  • Large trash bags
  • Small trash bags
  • Kitchen trash bags

What to provide for your vacation rental outdoor space

AvantStay vacation rental backyard with all the amenities

Outdoor space is a top amenity for guests. You want to ensure guests have everything they need so the outdoor space is as functional and comfortable as being inside. If your vacation rental has a yard, patio, deck, or porch, consider supplying these items to improve your guests’ outdoor experience.

  • Tables and chairs
  • Grill
  • Grilling tools and brush
  • Lighter
  • Fire pit 
  • Marshmallow sticks
  • Plastic tumblers
  • Hammock
  • Yard games 
  • Pool towels

We believe that maintaining your vacation rental should be as easy as checking a few boxes. Our vacation rental inventory checklist is a great place to start, but if you’d rather enjoy more positive reviews, increased occupancy, and maximized revenue without having to do a thing, partner with AvantStay for end-to-end vacation rental management. See what property owners say in our AvantStay reviews. 

We offer flexible management programs to give you peace of mind. From financials to design to maintenance, we take care of your home as if it were our own. Our proprietary tech suite powers bookings, operationalizes in-field management, and activates an elevated guest experience. We take care of all the work to maximize your home’s income so you can sit back and reap the rewards—it’s that simple. Get started with our vacation rental management experts today!

Top 15 Big Bear Airbnbs for Ultimate Relaxation & Peaceful Escape

Unwind with a glass of wine on a deck overlooking the forest, stargaze from a private balcony, or enjoy a board game by a crackling fireplace. There’s something about Big Bear that slows life down in all the right ways. This Southern California mountain town delivers the kind of calm we all crave.

In every season, Big Bear brings a new way to recharge—snowy adventures in winter, wildflower hikes in spring, lake days in summer, and golden leaves in fall. And the best way to enjoy it all? A cozy cabin, a quiet deck, and a home that feels just right.

So if you’re planning a family getaway, group trip, or solo reset, these 15 Big Bear Airbnbs are packed with everything you need for a restful, memory-making stay. Let’s find your perfect mountain escape!

💡 Building your family trip itinerary? Let us help you with our ultimate guide on the best things to do in Big Bear for the whole family.

Lakeside on Lagunita

Sleeps 7 Guests

Lakeside on Lagunita is the kind of place where you can sip coffee with a view, share laughs over dinner, and watch the sun dip behind the water. It’s peaceful, quiet, and perfect for slow mornings or weekend celebrations with family or friends. Whether you’re hanging out on the deck or enjoying the calm of the lake by the dock, this is the stay that helps you feel present and recharged.

House Highlights You’ll Love:

  • Waterfront with a private dock, hot tub paired with lake views
  • Fireplace, BBQ grill, designated work area, outdoor deck for lounging 
  • Just minutes from Big Bear Lake village and scenic trails

Hear From Our Recent Happy Guests:

“PERFECT TO A TEE!!! From booking to checkout everything was smooth, easy, PERFECT! The photos are great, but in person it was extremely PERFECT!!! AvantStay- customer service agents were SUPER HELPFUL! Timothy and David are very very responsive! THANK YOU!!! Airbnb thank you for the prompt action and response with all the inquiries. The place is GOOOORRRGEEEOUUUS!!! We all fell inlove! The house has everything you need! From kitchen, bathroom, bedroom and other things…they provide ALL as in ALL that you need! Celebrated my bf’s birthday with some friends and this gave us exactly what we needed; SERENE AND IMMACULATE! U have full access to the lake! The hot tub is perfectly situated in the property and gives u a perfect view of the lake. Each room has balcony access which was great! The kitchen has view of the lake and so as the outdoor dining where you can also enjoy ur meal while enjoying the breeze and the view. THANK YOU SO MUCH AVANT STAY we will def comeback and stay with you!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay →

Shoreline Lakehouse

Sleeps 10 Guests 

Life slows you down in the best way when you stay at Shoreline Lakehouse. A waterfront home where mornings here are quiet and calm, and afternoons are all about spending time with your favorite people, laughing, playing, and taking in the Big Bear Lake views. No matter the season you are visiting—summer, winter, fall, or spring—this home provides an effortless setting to connect and savor the present.

House Highlights You’ll Love:

  • Direct lake access with a private dock, big yard for lakeside lounging
  • Firepit, fireplace, hot tub, and game room with poker table
  • Great for family trips—close to ski slopes, town, and trails

Hear From Our Recent Happy Guests:

“Wonderful house on the lake with gorgeous views. Plenty of room. Nice fully equipped kitchen. Lots of games to play. Outdoor fire pit was wonderful and we enjoyed the spa!” 

“This lovely well maintained and well stocked log cabin was everything my family hoped for and exceeded our expectations! It was just the right size for our family and we all appreciated having a bathroom co-joining each bedroom. The outdoor space was perfect for all the range of activities our family( ages from a 2 yr. old to grandparents) wished to engage in! The view of the lake and surrounding mountains was exquisite! Thank you for sharing your cabin with my family!!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay →

Bearpaw

Sleeps 11 Guests

Bearpaw is your cabin that makes it easy for families and friends to actually enjoy time together. You can swap stories by the fire, challenge someone to a game in the rec room, or just kick back and watch the sun dip behind the trees. It’s the perfect place to relax after a day of hiking, boating, or exploring town. If you’re planning a small celebration, a family weekend, or a cozy reunion, this is the cabin that will make it all unforgettable.

House Highlights You’ll Love:

  • Hot tub and fireplace made for chill nights after big adventures
  • Rec room with card table, foosball, and a kids’ play zone
  • You will be near Big Bear Lake, Ski Beach Park, and downtown shopping

Hear From Our Recent Happy Guests:

“Thanks for having us you guys have amazing service and plan to come back soon!”

“Great location. Very easy to reach out and communicate. Had lots of space and it suited our needs for our family.”

“The place is gorgeous, my friends and I really enjoyed our stay. Clean and with plenty of room for 10 of us.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay →

Views at Wolf Lodge

Sleeps 13 Guests

When the view stretches for miles and the air smells like pine, you know you’ve arrived somewhere special. At Views at Wolf Lodge, you’ll love how days get slower—whether you’re sipping coffee on the deck or laughing with friends after a day on the trails. A peaceful, cozy escape that still keeps you close to all the adventure. Come for the views, stay for the feeling of total calm.

House Highlights You’ll Love:

  • Expansive deck with a hot tub for the best ski slope views
  • Indoor sauna, firepit, and fireplace for the needed wind-down
  • Just minutes from Bear Mountain and Snow Summit resorts

Hear From Our Recent Happy Guests:

“Great spot for a big group of friends! Jacuzzi and sauna were awesome. Kitchen had everything we needed. Prime location.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay →

Clover

Sleeps 10 Guests

If you’re chasing good times and fresh mountain air, Clover is the perfect place to land. Gather your crew, kick back by the fire, and soak in the pine-scented air after a day on the slopes. Whether you’re playing games, telling stories on the porch, or simply enjoying the views, every moment here feels like a small adventure. This cabin is made for slow mornings, cozy nights, and a whole lot of memories.

House Highlights You’ll Love:

  • Private hot tub, outdoor fire pit, BBQ grills, fireplaces, and big porches to relax on
  • Separate game room with pool, foosball, air hockey tables, and a bar area
  • Ski-in/ski-out access near Big Bear’s best slopes and trails

Hear From Our Recent Happy Guests:

“If you are skiing bear mountain, and not snow summit, this is a fabulous place to stay.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay →

Zen Den

Sleeps 9 Guests

Built for easy, happy memories, Zen Den is the cabin where you can breathe in the pine air and enjoy the little things that make a mountain trip special. Start your day by stretching on the private deck, and end the night with friendly games and stories around the fireplace. Whether you’re gathering family, celebrating a weekend, or just escaping the city noise, Zen Den is the perfect place to be.

House Highlights You’ll Love:

  • Private and spacious deck with hot tub and outdoor lounge seating
  • Foosball table, pool/hockey combo table, and Cozy spaces with a fireplace to relax
  • Close to Big Bear Lake Village, ski resorts, and trails

Hear From Our Recent Happy Guests:

”My family and I had an excellent time at this cabin. I almost don’t want to leave a review because I want to gate-keep so I have it available for later. Will stay again when I am back in Big Bear.”

“Beautiful home. Very big and accommodating for our group. We’d definitely stay here again!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay →

Oak and Luna

Sleeps 10 Guests

If you’re catching up with friends or escaping the city with family or loved ones, Oak and Luna feels like your own private design-forward retreat in the trees. Bright and calm yet cozy where your trip will be filled with movies, games, and easy conversations. This home gives you a fresh, relaxed space to unwind and reconnect. Every corner feels intentional, like it was made for a great weekend.

House Highlights You’ll Love:

  • Vaulted ceilings with big windows to let the sunlight in
  • Game room with ping pong & pool table, hot tub, and a private theater
  • Minutes from Moonridge shops, slopes, and Big Bear Lake

Hear From Our Recent Happy Guests:

“This cabin was just so much fun! It was perfect for my girls bachelorette trip! So much room and perfectly set up! The living room was so lovely to spend time in! Overall, such a great stay and loved all the memories made on this trip and in this house! Would definitely book this home again!”

“Beautiful house in gorgeous area with incredibly responsive host. Thank you”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay →

Paw Print

Sleeps 15 Guests

Where cozy moments and mountain memories come together with ease, welcome to Paw Print! This spacious log cabin is where your group can laugh over a game, unwind by the fire, or just enjoy the fresh air and quiet views. Whether it’s a weekend escape or a seasonal tradition with your family and friends, this home gives you space to truly unplug, relax, connect, and feel right at home in Big Bear.

House Highlights You’ll Love:

  • Two living rooms, pool table, jukebox, and jacuzzi tub for evening fun & relaxation
  • Hot tub, BBQ, outdoor lounging, and picnic table by the deck
  • Just 8 minutes to Big Bear Marina and nearby ski slopes

Hear From Our Recent Happy Guests:

“This house was just as described my family and I had a great stay. The house was big and spacious and very clean. Pool table and hot tub were definitely a plus. We definitely would love to stay at this location again.”

“If you plan on having a great time at big bear This house won’t disappoint , minutes away from everything , zoo across the street ! My family and I had a great time . The inside was spacious and most importantly clean . Recommend 100 percent. Hope the next families enjoy the Jenga game I left ! :)”

“Great place! Very cozy, good space in every room, we loved the pool table, hot tub and location! The kitchen has everything you need!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay →

Endless View

Sleeps 15 Guests

If you’re visiting to explore Big Bear or simply unwind with your fave people, Endless View lives up to its name with sweeping mountain scenery from nearly every room. With just enough for quiet reflection or group laughter on the deck, this home gives you space, comfort, and a front-row seat to nature’s beauty. It’s a true escape that feels both big and personal, yet cozy and truly relaxing.

House Highlights You’ll Love:

  • Wrap-around deck with lounge chairs to enjoy the endless mountain views
  • Backyard with hot tub and swing, converted garage with pool & ping pong tables
  • A few minutes to Bear Mountain and close to Big Bear Zoo and lake access

Hear From Our Recent Happy Guests:

“Lovely spacious home in a beautiful location. Enough space for three families to be together and apart all at the same time. Amazing views of the mountains and lake. Great access to the town near by with cute little stores and restaurants to enjoy. Lots of fun activities for the kids with the local zoo and sledding! Would recommend it to anyone looking to get away!”

“The place was very spacious and comfortable. easy check in instructions and the kitchen was fully stocked – overall a great stay!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay →

Angels Camp Lodge

Sleeps 8 Guests 

The mountain escape that invites everyone to slow down and settle in, say hello to Angels Camp Lodge. Soak in the quiet forest views or play games together after a day outdoors; every corner of this home feels calm and comfortable. Tucked just off the trailheads and minutes from the slopes, it’s a great home base for both adventure and rest. Big enough for the whole crew, but cozy enough to feel personal.

House Highlights You’ll Love:

  • Outdoor deck space for al fresco dining, lounging, and soaking in the hot tub
  • Game room with pool table, poker, shuffleboard, & more, fireplaces, firepit, and bar seating
  • Near Bear Mountain, hiking trails, and village shops

Hear From Our Recent Happy Guests:

“This cabin was perfect!!! I had 7 teenagers, ages between 16-19 years old, and they too loved the cabin. Everything we needed was there, plenty of entertainment from them as well as for us Adults. The amount of space was perfect for the family bonding as well as personal space for when a break from the family was needed. The property was amazingly large and felt like we were out in the woods but close enough to town, less than 10 mins down to Main Big Bear road. Even dropped the kids off at the village to shop and hang for a few hours. This cabin had was beautifully perfect!!!”

“Was such a smooth rent with Avant. Communication was on point. Directions were clear. Not once did I feel left to try to figure anything out on my own. The place was gorgeous and wish I could have stayed longer. Again, thank you for everything and hope to run into you all again. Rent this place!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay →

Penticton Lodge

Sleeps 8 Guests 

Slowing down feels natural, and so does spending time together at Penticton Lodge. A warm and welcoming space that feels both spacious and tucked away. Gather around the fireplace, swap stories in the loft, or watch the sunrise views from the private balcony. This is the home that lets everyone find their own moment of peace. Cozy where it counts, it’s the cabin where mornings linger and evenings come with a side of laughter. 

House Highlights You’ll Love:

  • Wraparound decks, balconies with outdoor lounging & BBQ space
  • Hot tub, fireplace, and game room with pool & card table for end-of-day wind-downs
  • Just minutes to ski resorts, trailheads, and Big Bear Village

Hear From Our Recent Happy Guests:

“Penticton Lodge is a great home for our family short weekend trip in Big Bear. We loved the Lodge! It is perfectly decorated and very homey. Big windows that shows the views of the mountains, love the scenic views and we had great pictures. Easy to find on the location, quiet and private. Close to downtown and some parks. Thank you Avantstay.. we had a great time.”

“Had a wonderful time celebrating our son bday. Would definitely come back to this location. Lovely views, very enjoyable. Everything was close by which made it very convenient and comfortable.”

“This stay was perfect with the AvantStay team responding and answering any questions I had, as well as being friendly and understanding. The place it self was beautiful and the view of the mountain outside the windows were amazing. This stay was worth every cent and will most definitely be going back again hopefully when it actually snows.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay →

Lazy Bear Lodge

Sleeps 12 Guests 

Whether you’re catching up over dinner, hosting game night, or just soaking up the pine-scented air, Lazy Bear Lodge is the cabin that makes it easy to relax and enjoy each other’s company. It’s modern, welcoming, and just minutes from all the fun Big Bear has to offer. Made for memory-making, afternoons here are full of play, and nights bring everyone together around the fire. 

House Highlights You’ll Love:

  • Spacious backyard with BBQ grill, a picnic table, swing, fire pit, lawn games, and hot tub
  • Game room, shuffleboard, poker, ping pong, pool table, and more
  • Walkable location, near ski shuttle, shops, and trails

Hear From Our Recent Happy Guests:

“A few of my family friends and our little ones stayed at this home, and it was comfortable, roomy, and most importantly it was clean. Everything that we needed to work worked perfectly including the fire place, hot water, fridge, grill and stove. The kitchen was equipped, which was very helpful in making our stay feel like a home away from home. There was a pool table, a large dinner table and overall a lot of fun space for the kids to play. They didn’t want to leave the cabin! The location of the cabin is also ideal. Close enough to the town, but far enough to get nice and quiet at night time. Communicating with our property manager was very easy and quick as well as the check in and check out process. If we ever make it back to Big Bear Mountain, we will definitely want to stay at this place again. Such a positive experience!”

“We really loved this cabin and will be booking again. It has everything you need and lots of activities to keep you entertained. Definitely recommend booking.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay →

Viewtopia

Sleeps 10 Guests 

Viewtopia is one of those homes where the stunning view truly lives up to its reputation. Whether you’re unwinding in the hot tub under the stars, grilling a feast on the patio, or gathering around the fire pit for stories, it’s all about making memories with your crew. It’s a home that brings everyone together, with space to unwind, play, and reconnect. From quiet lake moments to lively game nights, your group getaway starts here.

House Highlights You’ll Love:

  • Indoor hot tub and bar & screened sunroom patio with front lake views while you lounge
  • Decks with fire pit, game room with arcade, poker, foosball, arcades, and pool table
  • Just 7 minutes away from Snow Summit and The Village

Hear From Our Recent Happy Guests:

“The house was exactly as described, there were tons of things to do so it kept the whole family entertained- which was important since there ended up not being any snow. They were very communicative, check out was super easy, we had a great time. I’d definitely stay here again.”

“Everything was great host was very responsive and helpful and nice. Enjoyed every part of the property. Hot tub was a great added feature.”

“This is a very comfortable cabin. Close to the water ,and great place to walk to for fish. our family had a great time here over Thanksgiving.thank you !”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay →

Big Bear Castle

Sleeps 15 Guests 

Feel like your own private lodge built for unforgettable moments at Big Bear Castle. Whether you’re gathering for a birthday, family reunion, or just looking for some mountain peace, this home gives your group the space to spread out and come together. From the wood-beamed great room to the storybook-style guest house, everything about this place feels personal and grand. 

House Highlights You’ll Love:

  • Private main house with a “castle bridge” that brings you to the guest casita & courtyard
  • Multiple fireplaces, jacuzzi tubs, lounge spaces, a fire pit, and a huge game room
  • Perfect for reunions, milestone celebrations, and group retreats

Hear From Our Recent Happy Guests:

“Very nice location. I spent my birthday dinner. Very cool that can give you options for check in and check out and with private chefs and much more. Thank you for your placd”

“My family rented this house to hold a memorial for my parents. This location and home worked out perfectly.”

“Everything was perfect. AvantStay team was always responsive and friendly.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay →

Teddy

Sleeps 10 Guests

Slow mornings and cozy mountain evenings come naturally at Teddy. Vaulted wood ceilings, floor-to-ceiling windows, and modern furnishings give this welcoming cabin a bright, relaxed feel, while the open living space makes it easy to cook, gather, and reconnect. Spend the afternoon exploring Big Bear, then return for a soak in the hot tub or an easy backyard barbecue. It’s a mountain escape made for unwinding with your favorite people.

House Highlights You’ll Love:

  • Hot tub, gas firepit, and patio with a barbecue grill for outdoor dining
  • Foosball table and arcade game for friendly competition
  • Vaulted wood ceilings, expansive windows, and an open kitchen, dining, and living area

Hear From Our Recent Happy Guests:

“We had a wonderful stay at this beautiful Big Bear cabin. It was cozy, peaceful, and beautifully maintained—the perfect place to relax and enjoy time with family. We truly loved our stay and would gladly return.”

“Very nice and spacious place, very close to the lake and downtown, definitely worth it! Will come again.”

“We had our family of 8 spend the week here and it was ideal. Lots of space to be around the house with some privacy. It’s ideally located for Big Bear activities, food, shopping, etc. We enjoyed everything about the time!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay →

When’s the Best Time to Visit Big Bear + Our Tips

Big Bear has something to offer every season. The best time to visit Big Bear really depends on the kind of relaxing getaway you’re craving or needing. Here’s what to expect and how to prepare for the best possible trip.

❄️ Winter (December to March) 

Visiting Big Bear during winter, from December to March, is perfect for snow lovers. It is a snowy wonderland where the ski and snowboard season is in full swing during this time, and the cozy cabin vibes are unmatched. 

Our tip is to book early—this is Big Bear’s busiest time and houses rent out fast! Plus pack tire chains (they’re required by law during storms).

🌸 Spring (April to May) 

Spring at Big Bear brings fresh mountain air, quieter trails, fewer crowds, and crisp mornings. It’s ideal for a peaceful solo mountain escape or a couples retreat. If you are looking for a calming and serene visit, try going during this time.

This is the best time to find deals on lodging before summer rates return. Our other tip is to bring layers of clothes as mornings and evenings here are still a bit chilly. 

☀️ Summer (June to August)

When you visit Big Bear during summer, expect to have fun around the lake. It is lake season, think kayaking, paddleboarding, swimming, and biking with warm evenings around the BBQ. The town buzzes with events, live music, and family-friendly energy.

Our tip is to pack sunscreen, reusable water bottles, and a cooler for lakeside lunches. Book lakefront homes early—they’re the first to go.

🍂 Fall (September to November) 

The fall season in Big Bear is underrated and beautiful. It is a hidden gem where you’ll get to see colorful foliage, experience cool hiking weather, and enjoy better booking deals before ski season kicks in.

Our tip is to not forget hiking boots and a camera, as trails like Castle Rock and Pine Knot are gorgeous this time of year. It’s also a great time for lower rates & last-minute getaways.

✨ Our Best Tip

If you want both snow play and shorter lift lines, aim for early December or mid-March. For lake fun without peak season prices, June or September are your sweet spots.

The Mountains Are Calling — Book Your Escape

No matter the season, Big Bear offers the kind of stillness, beauty, and togetherness that’s hard to come by these days. 

Traveling with family, planning a birthday weekend, or just needing to unplug for a few days? There is a cozy cabin tailor-made for your kind of getaway. Book today! 

Explore all Big Bear houses →

Best Christmas Destinations in USA for a Magical Holiday

Christmas magic happens when you trade ordinary celebrations for extraordinary destinations. It is where holiday lights sparkle against mountain peaks or historic streets decorated for the season. 

From snow-covered mountain towns where skiing and hot cocoa become daily traditions to mild coastal cities where you stroll historic districts without freezing: America’s best Christmas destinations offer something for every family’s vision of the perfect holiday. 

These handpicked destinations showcase the most festive cities and towns in the USA. It’s where Christmas spirit fills the air from Thanksgiving through New Year’s..

Best Christmas Getaway Destinations

Whether you’re seeking guaranteed snow for white Christmas dreams or warm weather escapes from winter cold, these locations feature vacation rentals ready to host your holiday celebration. 

Asheville, NC

The Blue Ridge Mountains create the perfect backdrop for Christmas celebrations, where historic downtown streets glow with thousands of holiday lights. 

The Biltmore Estate transforms into a winter wonderland with dozens of Christmas trees, elaborate decorations throughout its 250 rooms, and Candlelight Christmas Evenings featuring live music and dimmed romantic lighting. 

Downtown Asheville’s independent shops sell handcrafted gifts from regional artists while local breweries serve seasonal beers perfect for après-hiking celebrations.

Grove Arcade’s holiday market brings local artisans together, selling unique gifts you won’t find at any mall. The Blue Ridge Parkway stays open for scenic winter drives when snow dusts the mountains, creating postcard views at every overlook. 

Christmas concerts at the Diana Wortham Theatre and holiday productions at local venues keep the entertainment calendar full throughout December.

Asheville cabin rentals put you close to both downtown festivities and mountain peace. Properties range from romantic two-person retreats with hot tubs overlooking misty valleys to large family cabins sleeping 10+ guests with game rooms and spacious decks. 

Many rentals feature fireplaces, fully equipped kitchens for holiday cooking, and proximity to hiking trails when families need outdoor time between celebrations.

Book your Asheville Christmas escape: Asheville Vacation Rentals

Breckenridge, CO

This historic mining town transforms into a real-life snow globe every December, where over 250,000 LED lights illuminate Main Street starting the first weekend of the month. 

The Race of the Santas kicks off the season with hundreds of people dressed as Santa running down Main Street in one of Colorado’s most beloved holiday traditions. 

Ullr Fest in mid-December honors the Norse god of snow with parades, the world’s longest shot-ski attempt, and a massive bonfire burning last year’s Christmas trees.

World-class skiing across five peaks satisfies everyone from first-timers to experts, while the Victorian downtown maintains that authentic small-town feel where shop owners greet you by name after just one visit. 

Horse-drawn sleigh rides through snow-covered valleys, dog sledding adventures, and ice skating under twinkling lights create those Christmas moments families remember forever. New Year’s Eve also brings a torchlight parade down the mountain that caps off the holiday season spectacularly.

Breckenridge vacation rentals range from ski-in/ski-out condos steps from lifts to spacious mountain homes with hot tubs and views of the Ten Mile Range. 

Properties sleep anywhere from 4 to 20+ guests, making them perfect for family reunions or friend group celebrations. 

Many rentals also include heated garage parking, boot dryers, and fully stocked kitchens that make extended stays comfortable.

Book your Breckenridge Christmas getaway: Breckenridge Vacation Rentals

Nashville, TN

Music City’s Christmas celebrations blend Southern hospitality with world-class entertainment, where honky-tonks deck their bars with lights and tinsel. 

The Gaylord Opryland Resort’s ICE! exhibit features over 2 million pounds of hand-carved ice sculptures in a winter wonderland kept at 9 degrees. 

Downtown’s Honky Tonk Christmas brings live music to every corner while the Grand Ole Opry hosts special holiday shows featuring country music legends and rising stars.

The Nashville Christmas Parade down Broadway showcases marching bands, elaborate floats, and performances that draw thousands to the streets. 

Christmas markets pop up around the city selling local crafts, hot chocolate, and Southern treats like bourbon balls and pralines. 

The Bluebird Cafe hosts intimate acoustic Christmas shows while larger venues feature full-production holiday concerts that showcase Nashville’s musical talent.

Nashville vacation rentals put you within walking distance of downtown’s festivities while providing quiet retreats after long days of exploring. 

Properties range from modern condos in The Gulch to spacious homes in East Nashville’s artsy neighborhoods. 

And many rentals feature rooftop decks with city views, full kitchens, and multiple bedrooms, perfect for groups wanting space to spread out.

Book your Nashville Christmas adventure: Nashville Vacation Rentals

Lake Tahoe, CA

North America’s largest alpine lake creates scenery that takes your breath away, even when you’ve seen photos a hundred times. 

Multiple villages around the lake host tree lighting ceremonies, holiday markets, and Christmas concerts throughout December. 

Heavenly’s gondola lifts you to observation decks where views stretch across the entire basin, creating those “wow” moments that justify the ticket price even without skiing.

South Shore brings casino entertainment and Heavenly Village’s ice skating rink, while North Shore maintains quieter vibes in towns like Tahoe City and Truckee. 

Snowshoeing through forest trails, sledding down resort hills, and warming up in lakefront restaurants with hot toddies fill days between skiing sessions. 

The region’s Mediterranean-like climate means more sunshine than typical ski destinations, making even cold days feel pleasant for outdoor activities.

Lake Tahoe cabin rentals accommodate groups from intimate couples to extended families needing 8+ bedrooms. 

Lakefront properties offer private beach access and boat docks (for summer visits) while mountain homes provide ski access and hot tubs with forest views. 

Many rentals feature gourmet kitchens, multiple living areas, and outdoor fire pits perfect for s’mores under starry skies.

Book your Lake Tahoe Christmas vacation: Lake Tahoe Vacation Rentals

Smoky Mountains, TN

The Great Smoky Mountains National Park provides a stunning backdrop for Christmas celebrations, where Gatlinburg and Pigeon Forge go all-out with millions of lights illuminating every surface. 

Dollywood’s Smoky Mountain Christmas brings the theme park alive with incredible light displays, holiday shows, and seasonal treats that create magical evenings for all ages. 

The Gatlinburg Winter Magic Trolley Ride of Lights takes you through town viewing elaborate decorations from heated trolleys.

Pigeon Forge’s Winterfest extends the celebration through February with light displays that transform the parkway into a glowing wonderland. 

Christmas parades, holiday concerts, and special performances at dinner theaters keep entertainment options plentiful throughout the season. 

The mild winter weather means hiking trails stay accessible most days, allowing you to explore waterfalls and mountain vistas without summer’s crowds.

Smoky Mountains cabin rentals range from romantic two-person hideaways to massive lodges sleeping 20+ guests with game rooms, movie theaters, and multiple hot tubs. 

Properties in Wears Valley offer peaceful seclusion, while Gatlinburg locations put you within walking distance of downtown festivities. 

Many cabins feature floor-to-ceiling windows showcasing mountain views, stone fireplaces, and fully equipped kitchens.

Book your Smoky Mountains Christmas retreat: Smoky Mountains Vacation Rentals

Coastal Charleston, SC

Charleston’s historic district transforms for Christmas, where gas lamps and magnolia wreaths create that classic Southern holiday atmosphere. 

The Festival of Lights at James Island County Park features over 2 million lights creating 650+ displays you drive through while Christmas music plays on your car radio. 

Marion Square hosts the Holiday Market of Charleston, where local artisans sell handcrafted gifts, specialty foods, and holiday decorations unique to the Lowcountry.

Historic home tours showcase how Charleston’s elite celebrated Christmas in centuries past with elaborate decorations, carolers in period costumes, and hot cider served in centuries-old mansions. 

The mild winter weather means you stroll the historic district comfortably, shopping King Street boutiques and dining at award-winning restaurants without freezing. 

Christmas boat parades light up Charleston Harbor while horse-drawn carriage tours through decorated streets create romantic evening activities.

Coastal Charleston vacation rentals include historic downtown properties within walking distance of festivities and beach houses on nearby islands for those wanting coastal views. 

Properties range from Rainbow Row cottages to large estates sleeping extended families. Many rentals feature Southern porches perfect for morning coffee, updated kitchens, and access to Charleston’s famous beaches just minutes away.

Book your Charleston Christmas escape: Coastal Charleston Vacation Rentals

Austin, TX

This eclectic city celebrates Christmas with its unique, weird-and-wonderful style where traditional meets unconventional. 

The Trail of Lights in Zilker Park features over 2 million lights, local food vendors, and live music performances, creating a free holiday experience beloved by locals and visitors. 

Blue Genie Art Bazaar showcases work from over 175 artists selling handmade gifts in an old airplane hangar transformed into a festive marketplace.

Sixth Street bars deck themselves out with lights and decorations while maintaining that live music scene Austin’s famous for year-round. 

The Armadillo Christmas Bazaar brings hundreds of artists together, selling everything from jewelry to sculptures, making gift shopping feel like an art gallery visit. 

Food trucks serve everything from traditional tamales to fusion creations, while craft breweries offer seasonal beers perfect for Texas’s mild December weather.

Austin vacation rentals put you close to downtown festivities while providing modern amenities and the space families need. 

Properties range from trendy East Austin bungalows to spacious South Congress homes with pools and outdoor entertaining areas. 

Many rentals feature open floor plans, chef-worthy kitchens, and proximity to hiking trails when you need nature time between holiday activities.

Book your Austin Christmas adventure: Austin Vacation Rentals

Christmas Destinations Worth Exploring

Park City, UT

The 2002 Winter Olympics put this mountain town, Park City, on the global map, where two major ski resorts and historic Main Street create the perfect Christmas combination. 

The town’s Victorian-era buildings, decorated with lights, maintain an authentic Old West character while Olympic Park offers bobsled rides and tours of facilities where athletes trained.

Big Bear, CA

Big Bear is Southern California’s closest reliable snow destination that sits just two hours from Los Angeles. This is where two ski resorts and a charming village create mountain Christmas magic. 

The Christmas Boat Parade lights up the lake with decorated vessels while village shops and restaurants cater to weekend warriors escaping coastal cities.

Hudson Valley, NY

Rolling mountains and historic towns create New England charm where white-steepled churches frame snow-covered hills here at Hudson Valley. 

Christmas markets, holiday train rides through Victorian-decorated Jim Thorpe, and farm-to-table restaurants serving seasonal menus showcase the region’s character throughout December.

Palm Springs, CA

The desert sunshine of Palm Springs provides warm-weather Christmas escapes where mid-century modern architecture and mountain views create that California cool vibe. 

While it won’t snow, the sunny 70-degree days mean hiking, golfing, and poolside lounging replace traditional winter activities.

Scottsdale, AZ

Scottsdale is a desert destination offers golf, hiking, and outdoor adventures without freezing temperatures, where luxury resorts and spas create upscale holiday experiences. 

The mild weather means you can explore Sonoran Desert trails, visit art galleries, and dine on patios throughout December.

Sedona, AZ

Red rock formations dusted with occasional snow create stunning contrasts here at Sedona. It is where spiritual energy and natural beauty attract visitors seeking peaceful holiday retreats. 

The artsy town hosts holiday markets, while hiking trails through Oak Creek Canyon provide outdoor adventures without the bitter cold.

Explore More Christmas Experiences

Planning the perfect Christmas vacation requires understanding each destination’s unique offerings and finding accommodations that match your family’s needs.

Best Christmas Vacation Spots in USA

Discover detailed guides to America’s top Christmas vacation spots featuring insider tips on holiday events, local traditions, and the best vacation rentals for experiencing each location’s festive magic. From mountain ski towns to coastal cities, find the places and properties that put you in the heart of Christmas celebrations. 

Best Christmas Towns in USA

Small towns often deliver the most authentic Christmas experiences where entire communities participate in tree lightings, parades, and holiday markets. 

Explore our guides to America’s most festive towns featuring places and vacation homes that let you live like a local during the season’s most wonderful time.

Best Christmas Markets in USA

Holiday markets bring communities together, selling handcrafted gifts, seasonal treats, and local specialties you won’t find at any mall. 

Our guides highlight America’s best Christmas markets with nearby vacation rentals that make shopping, eating, and celebrating stress-free and memorable.

Stay with AvantStay for the Best Christmas Memory

Vacation rentals transform holiday travel from stressful hotel stays into cozy gatherings where families cook traditional meals, exchange gifts by crackling fireplaces, and create memories that outlast any store-bought present.

By staying at a vacation home, it provides the space, privacy, and authentic local experience that hotels simply can’t match during the season when togetherness matters most.

Twinkling lights reflecting off fresh snow, families gathered around fireplaces exchanging gifts, and the smell of cookies baking in vacation rental kitchens. 

These moments don’t happen scrolling through phones at home during another ordinary December, stuck in the same routine you follow every year.

From snow-covered mountain towns to mild coastal cities, these destinations are where your family creates holiday traditions worth repeating for years to come.

Ready to book your Christmas escape? Browse AvantStay’s holiday-ready vacation rentals across America’s most festive destinations and start planning the Christmas your family will remember forever. 

These properties book quickly during the holiday season, so reserve your spot now before the best homes disappear. Book now!

30 Best Holiday Themed Rentals for Festive Getaways

Holiday weekends deserve more than just another hotel room. Holiday themed rentals give you the space, amenities, and atmosphere hotels can’t match. 

If you’re gathering your family, friends, and loved ones for Thanksgiving dinner, watching Fourth of July fireworks, or counting down to midnight on New Year’s Eve, the right home turns good holidays into unforgettable ones. 

These aren’t just places to sleep, but they’ll be where your family traditions happen, friends reconnect, and celebrations feel truly special.

Best Holiday Themed Homes by AvantStay

From fully equipped kitchens for feast preparation to outdoor spaces perfect for summer BBQs, these homes are built for celebration. 

Jump to the section that matches your holiday plans and find your perfect festive escape.

Each section features our 5 hand-picked homes ready to host your holiday celebration. Find the one that matches your group size, location preference, and holiday vibe today.

Thanksgiving Themed Rentals

Thanksgiving means gathering everyone around one table for a feast worth remembering. Our Thanksgiving-themed rentals offer the space, kitchens, and cozy atmosphere that make turkey day special.

Indio Escape – Coachella Valley, California

Can accommodate up to 14 guests | 5 beds and 3 baths

Bringing modern desert luxury to your Thanksgiving celebration, Indio Escape gives the whole family room to spread out under sunny November skies that beat any cold-weather holiday. The freshly renovated layout, sparkling pool, and quiet residential setting also create the perfect backdrop for family photos and lazy afternoons between turkey and pie.

Why Indio Escape is best for Thanksgiving: The pool, hot tub, and fire pit give everyone a place to unwind after the big meal, while the converted-garage home theater with an 85-inch screen and reclining chairs turns post-dinner football watching into the day’s main event. You’re also just minutes from Old Town La Quinta and the rest of Coachella Valley’s shopping and dining.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“My family stayed at this location for a Palms Springs Christmas vacation. This location was perfect for the eight of us. The location was great for visiting many things in and near the Coachella valley: Joshua Tree National Park, The Living Desert Zoo and Gardens, Palm Springs Tram, and the local cities. The house was spacious, very comfortable with a well-stocked kitchen. We were able to enjoy movies together in the living room and media/play room. We only had to contact the host for one issue, and they were very responsive.” – Brian

👉 Book Indio Escape

Sunshine Ridge – Orlando, Florida

Can accommodate up to 21 guests | 9 beds and 6 baths

Sunshine Ridge offers the space and comfort needed for big family Thanksgiving gatherings in sunny Florida. This home can handle multiple generations easily, while also being near Orlando’s attractions. This means kids can stay entertained while adults prep the holiday feast.

Why Sunshine Ridge is best for Thanksgiving: The home provides enough space so nobody feels cramped. This home has plenty of bedrooms and living areas where everyone finds their perfect spot. It is also close to theme parks for post-Turkey Day adventures.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“We will definitely return. From check in our stay was great. I received a text from our team who assured us they were a text away during our stay. There was no text that went unnoticed. They were attentive to our concerns and supported us when needed. The home was beautiful and looked just like the photos. There was plenty of room for our intergenerational family to enjoy each other for Thanksgiving. If looking for a lovely vacation home this is it. You won’t be disappointed.” – Merlong T.

👉 Book Sunshine Ridge

Caterina Dusi Vineyard – Paso Robles, California

Can accommodate up to 8 guests | 3 beds and 2 baths

Sitting right in California wine country, Caterina Dusi Vineyard is where rolling vineyard views and peaceful surroundings create the perfect Thanksgiving retreat. Small families will find this spot ideal for intimate holiday celebrations away from city noise. 

Why Caterina Dusi Vineyard is best for Thanksgiving: The wine cellar, home gym, its stunning vineyard views, and being in the perfect location make this home feel like a special occasion. 

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“This home is lovely and was perfect for our small family Thanksgiving. Such a nice touch leaving a roasting pan, et al, for Thanksgiving dinner. The home is in a perfect spot and the views are amazing.” – Michael R.

👉 Book Caterina Dusi Vineyard

Duval Sea Turtle – Key West, Florida

Can accommodate up to 6 guests | 2 beds and 2 baths

Trade turkey and snow for palm trees and ocean breezes while still keeping the Thanksgiving spirit alive at Duval Sea Turtle. This is the home that gives smaller groups the perfect Key West condo for Thanksgiving weekend, away from traditional cold-weather holidays. 

Why Duval Sea Turtle is best for Thanksgiving: This home is great for couples or small families who want a non-traditional but still special Thanksgiving in a tropical paradise. It is also just a walking distance away from Key West attractions and waterfront dining.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“We stayed for a long Thanksgiving weekend. The Condo suited our needs of 5 people, and the hosts were great to work with! They communicated via text message throughout the trip to make sure we had everything we needed. Would happily recommend this condo and the hosts again!” – Autumn S.

👉 Book Duval Sea Turtle

The Ridge at Canyons Village – Park City, Utah

Can accommodate up to 15 guests | 5 beds and 5 baths

The Ridge at Canyons Village puts you in the heart of Park City, where mountain beauty and holiday festivities come together perfectly. The kitchen comes equipped with plenty of cooking supplies essential for preparing your Thanksgiving feast. 

\Why The Ridge at Canyons Village is best for Thanksgiving: The location of this home offers the best access to Park City’s holiday events. You will also be just minutes away from world-class skiing and downtown Park City.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“We absolutely loved the location of this residence. There was a tree lighting festival with fireworks that we could watch from the kitchen window. The home is well equipped with plenty of cooking dishes which was great for our Thanksgiving stay. I also loved the responsiveness of our host. When I asked a question, it was answered within an hour. Thank you for the enjoyable stay.” – Lisa S.

👉 Book The Ridge at Canyons Village

Christmas Themed Rentals

Christmas magic happens in spaces designed for the season. Our Christmas-themed rentals bring festive cheer with decorations, cozy fireplaces, and Christmas market locations perfect for winter wonderland adventures.

Green Mountain Lodge – Smoky Mountains, Tennessee

Can accommodate up to 28 guests | 8 beds and 9 baths

Christmas for a crowd, handled. Green Mountain Lodge tucks nearly 5,800 square feet into the wooded hills minutes from Pigeon Forge’s parkway, with eight ensuite bedrooms so 28 people can gather all day and still each have a door to close at night. The great room does the heavy lifting — stone fireplace, deep sectional, and the kind of space where everyone naturally ends up by evening.

Why Green Mountain Lodge is best for Christmas: The dining table seats the whole crew with barstool overflow at the island, and the kitchen is built for holiday cooking rather than one person hiding in it for six hours. When dinner’s done, a covered bridge leads to a private indoor pool that’s open regardless of December weather, and the game room runs pool, foosball, air hockey, and arcade cabinets side by side so nobody waits a turn. Out on the wraparound deck there’s a hot tub under ambient lighting, and Dollywood and The Island are a short drive down the mountain. Parking fits eleven cars — which matters more than it sounds when the whole family drives in separately.

👉 Book Green Mountain Lodge

Laker’s Pointe – Poconos, Pennsylvania

Can accommodate up to 8 guests | 3 beds and 2.5 baths

125 English Ivy Ct.

Laker’s Pointe welcomes your Christmas celebration from a private peninsula on Deer Lake, where frosted water views set the holiday scene from nearly every room. The game room — stocked with poker, pool, ping pong, foosball, and a dry bar — keeps every generation entertained through snowy Poconos afternoons, while the lakefront hot tub turns clear winter nights into the trip’s highlight.

Why Laker’s Pointe is best for Christmas: You’re minutes from Big Boulder, Camelback, and Kalahari for winter adventures, and Emerald Lakes’ community passes include an indoor pool for swim days no matter the weather. Best of all, up to two dogs are welcome — so the whole family, furry members included, celebrates together.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“We had an unforgettable stay at Laker’s Pointe! This home was perfect for our family gathering of 10, offering breathtaking views from almost every corner. The kids couldn’t get enough of the downstairs lounge, fully stocked with a pool table, ping pong, and poker setups—it felt like their private arcade.” – Caleb C.

👉 Book Laker’s Pointe

Grand Contento – Temecula, California

Can accommodate up to 10 guests | 7 beds and 5 baths

Just walking distance to award-winning Temecula wineries and vineyards, Grand Contento showcases high ceilings and ornate wood trimmings. This property consists of a main house and a two-story guest house with its own full kitchen, billiards table, and 82-inch TV. 

The main house showcases high ceilings and ornate wood trimmings, while the two-story guest house features its own full kitchen, billiards table, and 82-inch TV. The 26-seat private movie theater turns Christmas movie nights into special events.

Why Grand Contento is best for Christmas: The 26-seat private movie theater turns Christmas movie nights into special events. The beautiful gazebo and outdoor kitchen by the  pool are also perfect for Christmas evening gatherings.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“We rented this home for the Christmas Holiday. We had a mix of adults, teenagers and several under 4 years old. AvantStay went way above and beyond our expectations. First, the home is amazing. The floor plan was perfect. AvantStay took care of so many things for us including: (1) They put a fence around the pool to protect the little ones. (2) They had the home totally decorated for Christmas including a real tree, a real garland on the fireplace with a stocking for each child, and Christmas decorations throughout the home. (3) We had two Christmas dinners cooked and catered by an amazing chef. They were always easy to get a hold of and we all had a great time.” – Therese S.

👉 Book Grand Contento

303 D Port O Call – Coastal Charleston, South Carolina

Can accommodate up to 4 guests | 1 bed and 1 bath

303 D Port O Call offers a completely remodeled penthouse in Wild Dunes with stunning ocean views from every room. Including the foyer, screened porch, sleeping loft, and private rooftop balcony. There is also a modern chef’s kitchen and a spiral staircase that leads to a loft.

Why 303 D Port O Call is best for Christmas: The private 4th-floor rooftop balcony provides the best bird’s-eye views of the beach for a coastal Christmas unlike any other. While the screened porch lets you enjoy ocean breezes during mild South Carolina winter weather. 

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“Our family had a wonderful stay at this condo. The views were breathtaking from both levels. The clean boho decor was beautiful and fun. The Christmas tree was on when we arrived which was a nice surprise. I love to cook and appreciated the quality utensils and cookware.” – Rhonda W.

👉 Book 303 D Port O Call

Wave On Wave – Port Aransas, Texas

Can accommodate up to 10 guests | 3 beds and 2 baths

Bringing Texas beach vibes to your Christmas getaway, Wave On Wave is where palm trees replace the pine trees, but the holiday spirit stays strong. The safe neighborhood location also means kids can play outside while adults prep meals without constant supervision. 

Why Wave On Wave is best for Christmas: Families can trade snow boots for flip-flops while still enjoying festive decorations and family togetherness in a warm climate, since you will just be steps away from Port Aransas beaches. Plus to mention, you’ll have a private pool!

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“This home was beautiful & clean. Safe, quiet neighborhood. The oversized ceiling fan was perfect for the middle of the day when the sun was beating in the windows. We didn’t cook while there, so can’t comment on the kitchen supplies. The pool was an added bonus. We loved the addition of the Seashore decorated Christmas tree. Very nice touch.” – Michelle G.

👉 Book Wave On Wave

New Year’s Eve Themed Rentals

Ring in the new and upcoming year of travels from our New Year’s-themed homes. Stay in a home with the best views of the fireworks, countdown parties, and spaces designed for celebrating fresh starts.

Blue Marlin at Trout Street – Port Aransas, Texas

Can accommodate up to 10 guests | 3 beds and 3 baths

Get front-row seats to New Year’s Eve fireworks over the ship channel without leaving your private porch. Blue Marlin at Trout Street has a waterfront setting that creates stunning views day and night, while the location puts restaurants within walking distance. 

Why Blue Marlin is best for New Year’s Eve: You can skip the crowded public viewing spots and watch fireworks from your own expansive porch with drinks in hand and family close by. You can also stay by the shaded balcony as you watch the boats drift by.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“Beautiful and comfortable in every way. The view of the ship channel was fantastic. Even got to see the New Years Eve fireworks from our expansive porch. We loved the location which was a few steps from Trout Street restaurant. Communication with the management was excellent. Will definitely return.” – Albert H.

👉 Book Blue Marlin at Trout Street

Carousel & Rodeo 31 – Austin, Texas

Can accommodate up to 6 guests | 2 beds and 2 baths

Carousel & Rodeo 31 sits high enough to catch multiple firework displays across Austin’s skyline simultaneously. Large groups can also fit comfortably with enough bedrooms, so everyone gets real beds instead of couches. 

Why Carousel & Rodeo 31 is best for New Year’s Eve: Watch downtown’s professional show plus neighborhood displays all at once while avoiding the chaos of Sixth Street crowds on the biggest party night of the year. You are also just minutes from downtown Austin entertainment.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“This was the perfect place for New Year’s Eve. The views were fantastic. We were able to see the downtown fireworks as well as all the surrounding neighborhoods.” – Sibylle J.

👉 Book Carousel & Rodeo 31

The Magnolia – Nashville, Tennessee

Can accommodate from 12-144 guests | 5-65 beds and 3-39 baths

Positioning you right near Bicentennial Park, The Magnolia is where Nashville drops its famous music note at midnight. Extended families can stay together under one roof with enough bathrooms so morning routines don’t cause chaos. 

Why The Magnolia is best for New Year’s Eve: This home works perfectly for groups who want access to Nashville’s party scene but need a separate place to crash. Walk to Music City’s main celebration and back without worrying about rideshares or parking during the busiest night of the year.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“Property served our 15 family group very well. Location was perfect – close to Bicentennial Park where fireworks and dropping of the ‘musical note’ took place on New Year’s Eve. Property was clean and adequately furnished. I highly rate this property.” – Diane T.

👉 Book The Magnolia

Catskill Park Farm – Hudson Valley, New York

Can accommodate up to 9 guests | 4 beds and 2 baths

Countryside peace, horses graze just beyond your window, and nature sounds replace city noise. This is what Catskill Park Farm is made for. The upstairs den of this home also has a fireplace that adds to the perfect cozy and cottage-core spot with your closest people. 

Why Catskill Park Farm is best for New Year’s Eve: Start the new year surrounded by nature’s beauty instead of concrete floors and high-rise buildings. The peaceful setting will also definitely encourage memorable conversations and fresh starts. 

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“We rented this property for 2 nights to celebrate the new year. The property is beautiful. There is a pasture behind the property with horses. The house was comfortable and well equipped. We enjoyed slow mornings at the sun drenched kitchen table and cozied in the upstairs den with the fireplace to watch the ball drop. It was an easy check in and out process.” – Tira H.

👉 Book Catskill Park Farm

Beach Haven – Fort Lauderdale, Florida

Can accommodate up to 8 guests | 4 beds and 4 baths

New Year’s Eve celebration can also mean shorts and sandals by the pool instead of winter coats and boots. Beach Haven sits close to Florida beaches and Fort Lauderdale’s prime location. This means restaurants, entertainment, and beach access all stay within easy reach.

Why Beach Haven is best for New Year’s Eve: You will be just steps from Fort Lauderdale beaches and dining. So, count down to the new year barefoot on the beach with ocean breezes and warm temperatures, creating a totally different holiday vibe.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“Beautiful home with everything you need and perfect location! My family and I had a wonderful New Year’s Eve!” – Mirelly F.

👉 Book Beach Haven

Memorial Day Weekend Themed Rentals

Memorial Day kicks off summer with long weekends. This holiday makes it perfect for anyone who needs a break and wants pool parties, beach trips, and quality time with friends and family. Check out our Memorial Day weekend-themed rentals and book as early as today. 

Blackhaus – Palm Springs, California

Can accommodate from 2-40 guests | 1-16 beds and 1-20 baths

For a modern minimalist style, stay at Blackhaus. You’ll be in the heart of Palm Springs where the desert sun kicks off summer perfectly. The central location means walking to shops, restaurants, and nightlife instead of driving everywhere.

The compact space works great for couples wanting a quick getaway without dealing with big house logistics. Central location means walking to shops, restaurants, and nightlife instead of driving everywhere.

Why Blackhaus is best for Memorial Day: The compact space works great for couples wanting a quick getaway without dealing with big house logistics. And last-minute desert escapes get easy with a simple check-in process. 

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“We had a perfect night’s stay here for a last minute memorial day trip. Very clean and easy to get into – the room was just as it was pictured. Central to everything. Would absolutely stay here again!” – Lucy O.

👉 Book Blackhaus

Stardust – Malibu, California

Can accommodate up to 10 guests | 3 beds and 3 baths

Need a 90s California cool for your Memorial Day? With retro vibes and ocean views that stretch endlessly, Stardust comes with a private backyard that creates your own secluded paradise. Quick grocery runs and the beach are also convenient while having that away-from-it-all feeling.

Why Stardust is best for Memorial Day: Families, newlyweds, friends, groups, or couples get unobstructed Pacific views and complete privacy just minutes from famous Malibu beaches like El Matador and Zuma. 

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“We stayed at this Airbnb for our mini moon during Memorial Day weekend and loved it. The house was peaceful with relaxing surroundings, and the backyard views were beautiful. The property felt very private, like a modern 90s home. The host’s instructions and communication made everything smooth. It was a quick 4-minute drive to Vintage Grocers for supplies, and El Matador and Zuma Beach were easily accessible. Waking up to unobstructed ocean views was incredible. The main bedroom was comfortable, though it could use blackout shades. The backyard was the highlight and made us feel at home immediately. Overall, this is the perfect stay for a relaxing, private experience with easy access to Malibu’s attractions. Highly recommended!” – Maria D.

👉 Book Stardust

Yucca Haven – Joshua Tree, California

Can accommodate up to 10 guests | 4 beds and 2 baths

Transform desert living into a Memorial Day party zone here at Yucca Haven. It is where the backyard becomes headquarters for your entire stay. Pool days and garage games mean nobody needs to leave the property to have fun. 

Why Yucca Haven is best for Memorial Day: You can spend all day in the house without ever feeling bored. The Joshua Tree location also offers stargazing and desert hikes when you finally want to explore beyond the house.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“This house is so beautiful and perfect for groups! We stayed here over Memorial Day weekend and had the best time. The backyard is amazing. We spent all of our time laying by the pool or playing pool in the garage. The host was also very responsive and helpful when we had questions. 10/10 experience. We definitely want to come back!” – Scarlet R.

👉 Book Yucca Haven

Edgewater Place – Jersey City, New Jersey

Can accommodate up to 16 guests | 8 beds and 8 baths

Enjoy the unbeatable water views and access to Newport Beach at Edgewater Place. A five-unit bayfront compound where you can enjoy a shared dock for paddleboarding or kayaking right from the property. It also has an outdoor dining area for morning coffee or sunset wine. 

Why Edgewater Place is best for Memorial Day: Located just a five-minute walk to Balboa Village, the Fun Zone, and iconic surf breaks, you can explore Newport Beach like a local with beach bars, fresh seafood, and scenic bike paths all within walking distance. 

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“Great place to stay – area was extremely walkable with lots of shops, restaurants nearby. View was gorgeous, parking spot was so clutch during Memorial Day weekend! Appreciate the AvantStay folks checking up on us and ensuring we had all we needed.” – Christine DS.

👉 Book Edgewater Place

Laguna Village Paradise – Corpus Christi, Texas

Can accommodate up to 14 guests | 5 beds and 5 baths

Laguna Village Paradise gives large groups waterfront access, which means endless water activities from sunrise to sunset. The Laguna Madre location offers calm waters perfect for kayaking, fishing, and paddleboarding. 

Why Laguna Village Paradise is best for Memorial Day: Double the water fun with both pool and dock access, plus sunrise views that make waking up early totally worth it. There are also plenty of bedrooms, so everyone can spread out comfortably instead of fighting for space.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“Great place for vacation! Spent memorial day weekend in style & had plenty of room for everyone. Pool area was super nice, and sunrises on the docks were perfect!” – Alison V.

👉 Book Laguna Village Paradise

Independence Day (4th of July) Themed Rentals

Fourth of July celebrations and vacations need Independence Day-themed rentals. To truly feel the 4th of July, these homes offer the best fireworks views, outdoor entertaining areas, and that all-American summer feeling.

Starview at Brasada Ranch Resort – Central Oregon

Can accommodate up to 10 guests | 4 beds and 3 baths

Perched on the slope of Brasada Ranch about 30 minutes outside Bend, Starview trades holiday crowds for mountain sunsets. The patio looks out across the high desert toward the Cascades, and the fire pit and grill are built for exactly the kind of long July evening the Fourth deserves.

Why Starview is best for Fourth of July: The fire pit and BBQ deck become headquarters the moment the sun starts dropping, and Central Oregon’s dry summer evenings are made for lingering outside. Indoors, the game room keeps everyone busy with a pool table, ping pong, darts, cornhole, and board games, while the hot tub handles the wind-down. Dogs are welcome, so nobody gets left behind on the long weekend.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“This was the perfect property for a multi-generational get together. The location is ideal for many activities (rafting, rodeo, swimming, hiking, etc.)The views and sunsets are spectacular. The house is very comfortable, clean, spacious and had everything we needed for a relaxing vacation. We would return again and highly recommend it.” – Terry C.

👉 Book Starview

Avalon – San Diego, California

Can accommodate up to 6 guests | 2 beds and 2 baths

Avalon puts everything you need or want within 15 minutes by car, making Fourth of July activities super accessible. While you are near the airport, you are also close to San Diego beaches and attractions. That means fun and convenience at the same time!

Why Avalon is best for Fourth of July: The deck/patio is spacious enough to have an outdoor dining table, firepit, and lounging. This is where everyone can watch Fourth of July fireworks shows across different parts of San Diego simultaneously from your private patio. 

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“From this amazing condo everything you need or want to do is within 15 minutes by car! You quickly feel like at home since you have everything you need for a great weekend or week. Soap to wash your clothes, recipe books if you want to cook with a great selection of spices! Beds are comfy lots of towels including ones to go to the beach with chairs and parasol…. BBQ and fire pit also available on the patio. Everything you need is there. You need to know the airport is very close thus can be noisy when you are sitting outside but we enjoy being there on the 4th of July and having a great view on the fourth spots of the San Diego fireworks” – Donald A.

👉 Book Avalon

Arroyo – Lake Tahoe, California

Can accommodate up to 12 guests | 4 beds and 4 baths

Just in the heart of Northstar California Resort, Arroyo is a warm townhouse that provides plenty of space for groups after days of skiing or watersports. You are just walking distance to Northstar village, with shuttle service, which means easy access to summer activities.

Why Arroyo is best for Fourth of July: The fully equipped open-concept kitchen lets you prepare meals while staying connected with everyone, and the home comes with 2 guest passes for exclusive access to Northstar Resort Community amenities.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“We loved our stay. Since it was the 4th of July- it was a little noisy at night. The family that stayed on the lower level didn’t hear too much noise, but the family on the top heard more noise late at night. It really was a awesome stay though!” – Danya W.

👉 Book Arroyo

Alpine Oasis at Frontgate – Vail, Colorado

Can accommodate up to 8 guests | 3 beds and 3 baths

Alpine Oasis at Frontgate is a rare gem that features a vantage point overlooking the Eagle River and mountains. The dedicated shuttle access to Vail and Beaver Creek Villages also makes exploring effortless, while having world-class amenities.

Why Alpine Oasis is best for Fourth of July: Celebrate the holiday with resort-style amenities, including golf simulators, a private theatre, a game room, community e-bikes, and a state-of-the-art fitness center. 

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“Great place. Gorgeous, clean and fun amenities. Enjoyed the spaciousness of the place for our family of four. Spent hours at the pool. Kids loved the slide (I agree) and within walking distance to Nottingham park for the 4th of July fireworks. Easy access to Beaver Creek, Vail and Glenwood springs. Highly recommend.” – Joanna N.

👉 Book Alpine Oasis at Frontgate

Emerald Isle 701 – Panama City Beach, Florida

Can accommodate up to 6 guests | 2 beds and 2 baths

The less crowded location means actually finding parking and beach spots during the busy Fourth of July weekend. And Emerald Isle 701 sits in a quieter Panama City Beach zone where you can get beach access without the spring break crowd chaos. 

Why Emerald Isle 701 is best for Fourth of July: Celebrate Independence Day beachside in a peaceful end-unit condo with beautiful sunset views of the gulf. This is where you can relax and have direct beach access and resort amenities.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“We had a Great stay. Everything was exactly as pictured. Resort staff were friendly. Great place to stay for the 4th of July. Location was more quiet and less crowded. Made for a peaceful stay. Didn’t want to leave and would definitely stay there again.” – Ashley N.

👉 Book Emerald Isle 701

Labor Day Themed Rentals

Labor Day marks summer’s last hurrah with relaxing long weekends perfect for final pool days, mountain hikes, and lakeside sunsets. But how can you enjoy this holiday if you’re not staying at a Labor Day-themed rental?

Teddy – Big Bear, California

Can accommodate up to 10 guests | 4 beds and 3 baths

This isn’t your average cabin. Teddy features vaulted wood ceilings, floor-to-ceiling windows flooding the space with natural light, and an open floor plan connecting the kitchen, dining, and living areas.

Why Teddy is best for Labor Day: The modern mountain style, game room amenities, and outdoor spaces with a hot tub and fire pit make this ideal for a memorable Labor Day gathering. It also has easy access to Big Bear Lake’s hiking trails, marina, and summer activities. 

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“We booked the cabin for Labor Day weekend for family gatherings we are enjoyed ours time staying there, it’s more space than we expected, thinking we may do that again next year.” – Mai H.

👉 Book Teddy

Leyland – Asheville, North Carolina

Can accommodate up to 20 guests | 5 beds and 4 baths

Host an unforgettable end-of-summer celebration at Leyland. This is a gorgeous cabin-style mansion that features multiple decks with expansive Blue Ridge Mountain views. With its 2-level balcony decks, this home becomes a champion for indoor/outdoor living. 

Why Leyland is best for Labor Day: The fire pit outside the great room and expansive outdoor dining area create the perfect setting for Labor Day cookouts and mountain sunset gatherings. The property also includes a private hot tub and a large recreation room with foosball.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“This was one of our favorite stays by far. The location was truly amazing. 10 mins (max) from central downtown that’s on a quiet private road. It’s extremely walkable with great hiking all around the house. Also, it’s high enough up in the mountains where you get all the benefits of not having mosquitos, cool fresh air, etc. The home was surprisingly better equipped than even our own house, which was a fantastic addition. They even provided a pack-n-play crib for our newborn, which made traveling that much easier on us. We did have a minor issue with the Jacuzzi on the first night and to our great surprise AvantStay had a mechanic come to fix it the following morning. To top that it just so happened to be on Labor Day, thus quite the pleasant surprise and testament to their professionalism and hosting experience. We honestly have no complaints whatsoever. After this stay we have even begun looking for properties in the surrounding area. We will be coming back very soon!” – Jacob M.

👉 Book Leyland

Manitou River House 113 – Telluride, Colorado

Can accommodate up to 6 guests | 2 beds and 2 baths

Right on the San Miguel River, Manitou River House 113 is the chic condo that puts you at the Telluride trailhead, literally a stone’s throw away. You also get to enjoy a beautiful shared hot tub and the sounds of the river right from your doorstep.

Why Manitou River House 113 is best for Labor Day: You can end the summer season by walking the river trail access and Telluride’s Main Street, just minutes away. The riverside location offers the perfect relaxation for a Labor Day weekend escape.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“Can’t wait to come back! Stayed at Manitou River House 113 for 7 nights over the Labor Day holiday and everyone in my party raved about our accommodations. It’s a terrific place right in the heart of downtown Telluride. We loved being just steps away from the river trail and Gondola, and great places to eat, like Baked in Telluride, Smuggler’s Union, and The National (to name a few). We were comfortable the entire time and really enjoyed coming ‘home’ to our condo after exploring the town. It looked exactly like the photos and had plenty of amenities to suit our needs. For those with mobility issues, be warned: there are a LOT of stairs here, both outside the unit and inside of it. We didn’t mind this at all, but it may not be ideal for everyone. All in all, we felt lucky to have found this place. We would stay here again in a heartbeat!” – Fabian M.

👉 Book Manitou River House 113

La Casona – Scottsdale, Arizona

Can accommodate up to 14 guests | 5 beds and 3 baths

Experience authentic Spanish-inspired architecture with antique doors, warm wood finishes, colorful tilework, and an arched Spanish-style fireplace at La Casona. This hidden hacienda features a backyard pool area that creates the perfect spot for Labor Day. 

Why La Casona is best for Labor Day: Celebrate the long weekend in this one-of-a-kind retreat with a showstopper kitchen and serving area to serve the best meals. The private pool, outdoor fire pit, guitar, and pool table also make it perfect to mark the end of summer in style.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“La Casona is spacious – each bedroom has more than enough space for guests. The bathrooms are roomy as well and come with shower essentials. Although it faces a major arterial street, and very near restaurants and a grocery store, local traffic noise is not at all a problem inside the home. The driveway and the large garage were more than adequate to accommodate our dinner guests’ vehicles. Linens were crisp and towels fluffy. The kitchen amenities need to be improved, however. Pots and pans were minimal, and basic cooking ingredients were lacking. There were cabinet doors that needed to be attached, as well as cabinet door handles. The backyard was great for guests to mingle and enjoy the pool with drinks. Check-in is set at 4 p.m., but we asked if we could do it earlier; staff was able to move check-in time to 2 p.m., which was convenient for those with early arrivals. Overall, we had a wonderful stay over the Labor Day weekend and recommend La Casona for large families.” – Yvette R.

👉 Book La Casona

Donner Ridge – Lake Tahoe, California

Can accommodate up to 10 guests | 4 beds and 3 baths

Welcome to this spacious cabin featuring 

Cherry wood floors, soaring ceilings, and a crackling gas fireplace in the main living area, where a pool table takes center stage. Donner Ridge is a spacious cabin that’s perfectly positioned just 5 minutes from Tahoe Donner Ski Resort’s summer trails for end-of-season watersports.

Why Donner Ridge is best for Labor Day: The outdoor deck, game room with pool table, and location less than 10 minutes from Historic Downtown Truckee make this ideal for an active Labor Day weekend. 

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“My family and I decided to stay here for Labor Day and we couldn’t be happier. The place was exactly as described and it has just about everything you are looking for! We will be coming back, thank you!” – Jose D.

👉 Book Donner Ridge

Best Tips for Booking Holiday Rentals

Securing the perfect holiday rental takes planning and smart strategies. Follow our best tips on how to have a convenient and stress-free experience in securing your ideal celebration spot.

Book Early for Peak Dates

Holiday weekends fill up fast, especially for Thanksgiving, Christmas, and New Year’s Eve. Start searching at least 6 months ahead for major holidays. Popular destinations sell out even earlier, sometimes 8-12 months in advance.

Set up alerts on booking sites for properties you like. Check back regularly as cancellations do happen. The earlier you book, the better selection and prices you’ll find. 

Check out house availability with our guest concierge team. Contact us at (833) 442-8268.

Verify Important Amenities

Don’t assume amenities work just because they’re listed. Sometimes, some amenities can be taken off due to issues. Read reviews specifically mentioning features you need. Check if pools are heated for the winter holidays or if hot tubs get regular maintenance.

Ask hosts directly about WiFi speed if you need to stream holiday movies or work remotely. Confirm parking spaces for multiple cars during big family gatherings. Make sure outdoor grills work if you’re planning BBQ celebrations.

Safety First and Avoid Scams

Book only through trusted platforms like AvantStay that verify properties and protect your payment. Never wire money directly or pay outside the booking platform, as these are red flags for scams.

Read multiple reviews from different sources. Check if property photos match recent guest pictures. Look for hosts with verified information and good response rates. Trust your gut if something feels off about a listing.

💡 Learn more about staying safe with our guide on how to avoid travel scams.

Read Cancellation Policies Carefully

Holiday bookings often have stricter cancellation rules. Understand exactly when you can cancel and how much you’ll get back. Some properties require full payment upfront with no refunds for holiday dates.

Consider travel insurance for expensive bookings, especially during unpredictable weather seasons. Know the difference between flexible, moderate, and strict cancellation policies before you book.

Communicate Your Plans

Tell your host about your holiday celebration plans. Ask about noise policies if you’re hosting a New Year’s party. Check if decorating is allowed for Christmas stays. Confirm checkout times work with your holiday travel schedule. 

At AvantStay, we appreciate knowing how you’ll use the space. We also offer helpful tips about local holiday events, or provide extras like extra chairs for big dinners if available. Clear communication prevents problems during your stay, and we will be happy to assist you.

Find the Perfect Holiday Homes with Avantstay

Holidays only come once a year, and where you celebrate makes all the difference. From Thanksgiving feasts to Fourth of July fireworks, these 30 hand-picked rentals create the perfect setting for your celebration. 

You get room for everyone, outdoor spaces for activities, and locations that make each holiday feel special. But the best holiday rentals and even deals book up fast. And families and groups who plan ahead usually get the first choice of these celebration-ready homes. 

Don’t wait until the last minute and miss out on the perfect spot for your next Thanksgiving dinner, Christmas morning, or New Year’s countdown. Browse AvantStay’s holiday themed vacation homes and secure your spot before these sought-after properties fill up. 

Start planning today for unforgettable holiday memories tomorrow! Book now!

Top 12 Gifts for Vacation Rental Homeowners

Vacation rental amenities can turn a great guest experience into an unforgettable one. Happy guests leave positive reviews which drive more bookings, repeat guests, and ultimately more revenue.

If you know someone with a short-term vacation rental, or maybe you want to treat yourself, consider gifting them one of these vacation rental amenities to elevate the guest experience and maximize their home’s value. From birthdays to Mother’s or Father’s Day, check out our top 12 gift ideas for vacation rental homeowners.

Mega Four in a Row

vacation rental amenities like connect four and cornhole

$100 at Saks Fifth Avenue

The Mega Four in a Row set is perfect for poolside lounging or cozy family game nights by the fire. This stylish take on a popular classic comes with a hand-painted pine playing board and 42 wooden chips. Standing at 18.75 inches tall and 23.5 inches wide, the Mega Four in a Row set is larger than the original but can easily be moved around your short-term vacation rental for impromptu game sessions.

Mega Jumbling Tower

giant jenga game at a vacation rental

$120 at Saks Fifth Avenue

The Mega Jumbling Tower is another great addition for vacation rental backyard hangs. Fun for all ages, this natural timber stacker includes 45 gold and white hand-painted blocks. At the start of gameplay, the tower stands at two feet tall, so be sure to give your guests plenty of space for stacking and the inevitable tumbling.

Cornhole boards

AvantStay home backyard with vacation rental amenitites

$315 at Elakai

Add some friendly competition to any backyard barbecue with these mahogany cornhole boards. This two-by-four-foot regulation cornhole board set features a premium-grade plywood deck with a solid mahogany frame. These boards are lightweight and portable with built-in carrying handles, so guests can easily set up or move the game throughout the space.

Poker table

poker table with card game at a vacation rental

$1,800 at Pottery Barn

Raise the stakes of game nights at your short-term rental with a poker table. Guests will appreciate the rustic yet modern design of this mahogany table, doubling as a statement piece post-game. With built-in beverage holders and the option to complete the set with matching chairs, the only things missing are your deck of cards and poker chips.

Foosball table

AvantStay guests enjoying a game of foosball

$3,000 at CB2

Bring the arcade to your short-term vacation rental with a sleek, modern foosball table. At nearly five feet in length, this fast-paced game can easily fit in a dedicated game room, covered patio, or main living space. The table is made from burl wood and stainless steel and can accommodate two to four players at one time.

Shuffleboard table

AvantStay home living room with shuffle board table

$2,650 at Fairview Game Rooms

Shuffleboard is an old-time favorite and a great addition to your vacation rental amenities. At nine feet in length, this table is on the smaller end of shuffleboard tables so you don’t have to worry about it taking up too much space. There’s also a handy storage cabinet built into one of the pedestal legs to keep extra pucks and sand out of sight.

Multi-use ping pong table

ping pong table in AvantStay rental backyard

$2,000 at Wayfair

Maximize your short-term rental living space with a multi-use ping pong table. Guests can go from ping pong tournaments to dining al fresco in seconds with this convertible indoor/outdoor table by simply removing the steel net. When ping pong isn’t in play, this table can be used as a dining or conference table, comfortably seating 10 to 12 people.

Pool table

pool table in AvantStay home

$6,500 at West Elm

A pool table is an essential piece for any short-term rental game room. This pool table from West Elm is built-to-last and withstand guest use, crafted from solid wood, leather drop pockets, and spill-resistant felt. Complete with a rack and accessories kit, this table comes ready for pool sharks and rookie players alike.

Rolling patio cooler

AvantStay home patio with cooler and drinks

$250 at Permasteel

Give guests the option to move the fun from the pool to the ping pong table (and everywhere in between) with a rolling patio cooler. This stylish, steel cooler can hold 80 quarts, equivalent to 100 12-ounce cans plus ice. Your vacation rental guests won’t have to pause the party with this convenient cart, equipped with a bottle opener, cap catcher, and insulated basin that keeps drinks cold for up to 36 hours.

Around the Block bikes

bikes at AvantStay home backyard

$350 at Sixthreezero

Bikes are a great vacation rental amenity that gives guests the freedom to explore nearby attractions. The Around the Block bike by Sixthreezero is a low-maintenance bike built for comfort—perfect to have ready for guests who want to cruise to the beach, check out the local farmers’ market, and more. These bikes are available in multiple speeds and are ideal for casual to up-tempo rides.

Pedestal fire pit table

AvantStay home with fire pit

$1,800 at West Elm

From deserts to mountains to beaches, a fire pit is a must-have for any short-term vacation rental outdoor space. This luxurious centerpiece is perfect for outdoor lounging, wine nights by the fire, and family s’more sessions. The fiber-reinforced concrete frame is covered in a weather-resistant sealant to withstand all elements. Powered by propane, the fire pit will instantly warm up your space with a simple push-button spark ignition.

Pop-A-Shot

pop-a-shot basketball game vacation rental amenity
Source: CB2

$2,500 at CB2

If you’re looking for that wow factor for your short-term rental, look no further than this revamped arcade-classic basketball game. Featuring black genuine leather, brass backboard, and black nylon chording, this deluxe basketball game is so luxurious you won’t want to miss a shot—baskets or photo ops.

Unwrap a first-class guest experience

Furnishing a short-term rental and selecting the best vacation rental amenities for your guests can be hard work. Luckily, when you partner with AvantStay, you get access to our award-winning interior design and procurement services. Our designers review every home added to the portfolio and create memorable and inspiring designs that transform spaces and maximize value.

We help procure and install furniture and arrange bedrooms and common spaces to maximize occupancy. Our designers also curate experiential elements like those listed above so guests get the most out of their stay, driving positive reviews, more bookings, and increased revenue.

If you’re interested in learning more about our vacation rental management and design services, our team is ready to help. Get started today!

9 Best Vacation Rentals with Boat Dock

Wake up to sunlight dancing across glassy water, coffee in hand, watching your boat gently bob at your private dock just steps from the back door. No marina fees, no crowded launches, no hauling gear across parking lots.

From serene mountain lakes to coastal waterways, these vacation rentals with boat docks transform lake trips from logistical nightmares into seamless adventures where you drop anchor at your own slice of waterfront paradise.

Experience dock-to-dip convenience that makes spontaneous sunset cruises, early morning fishing, and lazy afternoon paddleboard sessions actually happen instead of staying on your “someday” list.

If you’re planning wakeboarding adventures, peaceful kayak explorations, or simply floating with a good book, direct water access from your rental changes everything about lake vacations. 

Lakefront Homes with Private Docks

💡 Looking for more waterfront options? Check out our guide to the best waterfront homes for more lakeside or beachside properties

Lake Living – Lake Norman, North Carolina

Can accommodate up to 22 guests | 8 beds and 8 baths

Two adjacent lakefront homes here at Lake Living create an epic compound perfect for family reunions or friend groups wanting everyone close but not cramped. Jet ski ramps flank the boat slips, making launching water toys ridiculously easy instead of the usual hassle. 

Why You’ll Love Lake Living: The two private boat docks will become your lakeside hangout spot for afternoon drinks, sunset watching, and those late-night conversations that make vacation memories stick.  

Best Home Features:

  • Swimming pool, two hot tubs, and kayaks are provided
  • Multiple kitchens, living areas, patios, and balconies with lake views
  • Near Lake Norman State Park, Jetton Park, Birkdale Village, and NASCAR Racing Experience

💡 For more Lake Norman options, explore our Lake Norman Airbnbs with private docks collection.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“The houses were perfect for our multiple ages. The rooms were spacious. We were surprised to have paper products and all soaps, detergents and cleaning supplies at a surplus provided. The dock had jet ski ramps along with the boat slip. We were able to cook at ease since all pans and cookware were provided. I appreciated the keurig and drip coffee maker. Everyone enjoyed the grounds with the pool and hot tubs.” – Lori C.

👉 Book Lake Living

Shoreline Lakehouse – Big Bear, California

Can accommodate up to 10 guests | 4 beds and 4 baths

Shoreline Lakehouse is a Big Bear gem that sits in deep water, unaffected by fluctuating lake levels. This home solves the common Big Bear dock problem. No more beach launch struggles, no public dock crowds, just tie up and walk inside for dinner. 

Why You’ll Love Shoreline Lakehouse: Your private dock extends into Big Bear Lake’s deep water and the area’s most popular fishing holes. This is an angler’s dream location, letting you pull your boat right up after cruising the lake all day. 

Best Home Features:

  • Well-kept, sizable back yard, hot tub, outdoor fire pit, and fireplace
  • Game room with a poker table and bar, multiple decks, and lakeside lounging
  • Near Bear Mountain and Snow Summit ski resorts, Big Bear Marina, and Alpine Zoo

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“Wonderful house on the lake with gorgeous views. Plenty of room. Nice fully equipped kitchen. Lots of games to play. Outdoor fire pit was wonderful and we enjoyed the spa!” – Debbie W.

👉 Book Shoreline Lakehouse

Keeper Trout – Corpus Christi, Texas

Can accommodate up to 15 guests | 6 beds and 4 baths

Tucked into a charming fishing village along Laguna Madre Bay, Keeper Trout has a serious fishing enthusiast vibe. The location between Corpus Christi and North Padre Island means you’re central to everything without being stuck in tourist trap territory. 

Seventeen private boat slips in the community, plus a nearby ramp, solve all your boating logistics instantly.

Why You’ll Love Keeper Trout: Community boat dock access with 17 private boat slips, plus a nearby ramp, means your vessel parks steps from your door instead of miles away at some crowded marina. The shallow-water bay setting also works perfectly for fishing boats.

Best Home Features:

  • Community pool with ocean views and a shaded cabana with loungers
  • Two balconies with outdoor dining, BBQ grill, and a lower patio
  • 10 minutes to North Padre Island Beach, Mustang Island Beach, and the Texas State Aquarium

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ We had such a great stay at this AvantStay property! The home was super spacious and spotless, with a beautiful fresh remodel that made it feel brand new. We especially loved having four bathrooms, which made it perfect for a group stay, and the balcony view was stunning. The location couldn’t be better—close to the beaches, shops, and restaurants—and the price was very reasonable for what you get. Absolutely loved our time here and can’t wait to come back!” – Alex P.

👉 Book Keeper Trout

Bright Water Cove – Lake Norman, North Carolina

Can accommodate up to 18 guests | 11 beds and 5 baths

Bright Water Cove turns a Lake Norman getaway into a private waterfront playground. Set along approximately 250 feet of shoreline, the home has its own peaceful cove, dock, pier, and boat ramp, making it easy to spend every day swimming, paddling, or cruising the lake.

Why You’ll Love Bright Water Cove: Bring your boat or launch into the water from the private ramp, then tie up at the dock between adventures. With kayaks, paddleboards, and life jackets already provided, your group can head straight from the backyard onto Lake Norman.

Best Home Features:

  • Private dock, pier, boat ramp, kayaks, paddleboards, and life jackets
  • Private pool, 50-foot beach area, shaded gazebo, and stone fire pit
  • Spacious waterfront setting with room for large families and groups

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“Great property for 8 adults and 7 children under the age of 8. Enjoyed the pool, the dock and the kayaks. Kitchen is very well stocked. Host was available and responsive.” – Jerry S.

👉 Book Bright Water Cove

Lakefront Haven – Lake Tahoe, California

Can accommodate up to 10 guests | 4 beds and 3 baths

Lake Tahoe’s crystal-clear waters literally lap at your back door at Lakefront Haven. This is where the dock and paddleboards wait for spontaneous water adventures. The location near cafes and restaurants means you’re never far from quality coffee or good meals. 

Why You’ll Love Lakefront Haven: Step from your back door onto a private dock extending into Lake Tahoe’s famously clear waters, where you can see the bottom even in deep sections. Paddleboards come with the rental, and the dock will surely become your favorite spot. 

Best Home Features:

  • Access to the lake and the Homewood Mountain Resort
  • Spacious deck with outdoor dining and BBQ grill, hot tub, and fireplace
  • Two paddleboards, one canoe, and life vests are included
  • Steps from cafés and restaurants, near Squaw Valley and Alpine Meadows

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“We had a wonderful stay here! The home was very clean, cozy, and exactly as described. The location is perfect—just steps away from great cafés and restaurants, with gorgeous scenery right out the back. AvantStay was quick and responsive to any requests, which made everything smooth and easy. The rooms were well made and comfortable, and we especially loved the dock and paddleboards, which were perfect for our time on the water. Honestly, it was so peaceful and enjoyable that it was hard to leave for our adventures. Highly recommend!” – Josh T.

👉 Book Lakefront Haven

20 Morgan Place Drive – Coastal Charleston, South Carolina

Can accommodate up to 8 guests | 4 beds and 3 baths

Boating convenience is what you’ll expect here at 20 Morgan Place Drive. A coastal property where a private dock accommodates your vessel, making anyone stepping into this place keep returning. Plus, the dock location is accessible for spontaneous afternoon cruises. 

Why You’ll Love 20 Morgan Place Drive: Your private boat dock is now updated with electrical power. This means overnight boat charging without extension cords. Just tie up your boat after exploring Charleston’s waterways and Low Country creeks, then walk inside for dinner. 

Best Home Features:

  • Community pool and Wild Dunes amenities, and recreation access
  • Well-maintained property, multiple outdoor spaces, and a grill are available
  • Easy drive to Sullivan’s Island, Mount Pleasant, and Historic Charleston

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“Great location. 4th visit and house is always clean. I love the dock for my boat. They recently updated power to the dock which helps a lot… The left boat tie downs on the dock need replacing. One is loose and scratched my boat but it’s very minor. 5 star overall for sure.” – James C.

👉 Book 20 Morgan Place Drive

Tranquil Waterside – Poconos, Pennsylvania

Can accommodate up to 16 guests | 5 beds and 3 baths

Poconos peace starts with kayaking and boating that happens right from your backyard at Tranquil Waterside. Nature surrounds the property, creating that true mountain lake escape where wildlife sightings outnumber neighbor encounters.

Why You’ll Love Tranquil Waterside: Private boat dock access opens Pocono lake exploration without dealing with crowded public launches. Simply kayak from your dock into peaceful coves instead of jet ski traffic. The dock setup welcomes your own boat, too. 

Best Home Features:

  • 3 kayaks, 1 rowboat, and life jackets are provided
  • Community pool, with an EV charger, fireplace, and a dedicated office space
  • Game room with pool table, ping pong, and foosball, fitness equipment available
  • Near Stroudsburg Borough Outdoor Ice Skating Rink and Kalahari Waterpark.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“This property was so beautiful and peaceful, exactly like the pictures and description. Kayaking and boating was amazing, as well as enjoying the nature around the firepit outside. Inside, there is an abundance of activities, from pool to table tennis to foosball. The hosts were responsive and friendly as well! I greatly recommend” – Mofei W.

👉 Book Tranquil Waterside

Harborside – Destin, Florida

Can accommodate up to 18 guests | 7 beds and 7 baths

Destin beach access and private harbor docking are what Harborside is. This is the home where you enjoy both Gulf beaches and calm harbor waters, while being near the beach. Alternating between ocean swimming and harbor boating is also incredibly easy. 

without ever moving your car. Multiple families vacation together comfortably here, making it perfect for friend groups or extended family needing space without hotel hallways.

Why You’ll Love Harborside: The private boat dock keeps your vessel secure in calm harbor waters. The dock location also gives you best-of-both-worlds access to Gulf fishing, harbor island hopping, and waterfront restaurant docking. 

Best Home Features:

  • Private swimming pool, lower patio lounge with outdoor dining setup
  • Ping pong table, BBQ grill, and a small wet bar
  • Near Destin Harbor and beaches, waterfront dining, and Emerald Coast attractions

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“Beautiful home with private dock, just a 5 min walk from the beach. The house was perfect for our groups of families vacationing together. We will stay here again!” – Ann B.

👉 Book Harborside

Spring River Retreat – Bend, Oregon

Can accommodate up to 13 guests | 4 beds and 3 baths

Spring River Retreat is the Pacific Northwest escape Central Oregon dreams are made of — a serene cabin nestled along a pristine spring-fed pond with direct access to the Spring River, surrounded by whispering pines and just minutes from downtown Bend, Mt. Bachelor’s slopes, and Sunriver Resort.

Why You’ll Love Spring River Retreat: Your private shoreline opens onto a still spring-fed pond perfect for paddling out at first light, while the Spring River sits within easy reach for fishing and floating. After a day exploring Bend’s trails or Mt. Bachelor’s slopes, unwind in the jetted hot tub under a star-filled sky, then gather around the lakeside firepit with Adirondack chairs for s’mores and stories.

Best Home Features:

  • Private spring-fed pond shoreline with direct Spring River access
  • Spacious decks, jetted hot tub, lakeside firepit, outdoor BBQ
  • Adirondack-chair fire pit for stargazing and s’mores

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“Absolutely gorgeous home in an unbelievably beautiful location. Only 5 mins from downtown Sunriver and 20 mins from Mt. Bachelor… The house itself is truly incredible: exactly as described, impeccable construction, the materials and appliances are very high end. The hot tub was also an awesome addition at the end of a long ski day. AvantStay was very responsive and even delivered a space heater for the bunk room… Cannot recommend this place more highly! 5 stars!“

👉 Book Spring River Retreat

Why Private Boat Docks are a Plus for Your Trip

Boat docks aren’t just convenient parking for watercraft. They fundamentally change how you experience lake properties by removing barriers between you and the water. 

When the boat waits at your back door instead of across town at a marina, spontaneous adventures actually happen instead of getting talked out of due to logistics. 

Here’s why choosing a vacation rental with a private boat dock is worth it:

Skip the Marina Hassles

Public marinas mean fees, waiting lists, and driving to your own boat like it belongs to someone else. Private docks eliminate monthly slip fees that add hundreds to vacation costs. You control launch times instead of waiting for ramp availability during peak hours when everyone wants to be on the water simultaneously.

Spontaneous Water Adventures Happen

Private dock access turns “let’s go for a sunset cruise” from a 90-minute production into a 5-minute reality. Kids jump off the dock between activities without elaborate planning. Early morning fishing happens because walking to your dock beats driving to public access points before coffee even kicks in.

Your Gear Stays Organized

Dock boxes store water sports equipment instead of cluttering garages or creating vehicle Tetris every lake day. Life jackets, ropes, tubes, and fishing gear live where you use them. Loading the boat happens incrementally throughout the day instead of one frantic pre-launch scramble where someone always forgets the cooler.

Make the Most of Your Lake Vacation

Private dock access opens endless water-based adventures that hotel pools and beach walks just can’t match. 

Imagine sunrise fishing to midnight stargazing from the dock, and end the day with an evening hangout with your family by the dock. Family stories being told for years: someone catches an unexpected fish, loons call across the water at sunset, or meteor showers appear overhead. 

These experiences don’t happen at properties where water stays perpetually three parking lots away. And staying in a vacation rental with a boat dock means these homes create vacation experiences that stick in memory long after tan lines fade and vacation photos get buried in phone galleries.

Ready to wake up where the water is? Browse these incredible AvantStay waterfront homes and experience how private dock access transforms ordinary lake trips into those vacations everyone remembers forever.

10 Must-Book VRBO Panama City Beach Homes with a Private Pool

Panama City Beach has become one of the best vacation spots in Florida, and we have tons of rental homes with private pools waiting for you.

Think about it: clear blue water, bright white sand, and your own private pool right outside your door. That’s what makes Panama City Beach so special – every day feels like the perfect beach day.

Here’s some great news – while most beach places are completely full during the summer season, we still have awesome homes you can book for August and later! 

Want the best beach vacation ever? We picked 10 amazing VRBO Panama City Beach homes that have everything you need for an incredible summer trip.

These aren’t just places to sleep but they’re your own little piece of paradise where every morning starts with excitement and every evening ends with total relaxation.

Southfields Duplex

Sleeps 15 guests with 6 bedrooms and 11 beds

Southfields Duplex bring everyone together! Best for big group trips, this 2-unit house layout gives everyone in your trip their own space while creating lots of chances to hang out and celebrate together. The big outdoor areas also become the heart of your vacation.

Best House Features:

  • Large private pool with an outdoor kitchen and bar
  • Multiple spaces to dine and relax together
  • Short 5-minute walk to the beach, shops, and local eats

Why Groups Pick This Place: The duplex design means everyone gets privacy when they want it and togetherness when they need it, making this perfect for reunions and celebrations.

What Our Guests Say: 

“We enjoyed staying in the house. We rented both duplexes and had plenty of room for all of us. The pool was enjoyable and only a 5 minute walk to the beach.”

“Amazing home. Felt right at home, they were super quick to respond. I definitely recommend. I will be coming back soon!!”

👉 Book on VRBO | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

Twin Tides

Sleeps 26 guests with 12 bedrooms and 14 beds

Twin Tides gives a big beach group room to be together and space to spread out. This side-by-side duplex has two homes, each with its own entrance and kitchen, while the private pool brings everyone together after a day on the sand.

Best House Features:

  • Private pool, hot tub, and outdoor pool table
  • Two full kitchens and separate living spaces
  • About one block from the beach

Why Beach Lovers Pick This Place: It’s easy to split the day between the nearby shore and a relaxed afternoon by the pool.

What Our Guests Say: 

“Beatiful house in Panama City for a big group, 100% recomended!!”

👉 Book on VRBO | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

Joyful Sound

Sleeps 20 guests with 6 bedrooms and 10 beds

Lasting memories are created here at Joyful Sound, where laughter fills the rooms and every corner invites togetherness. This welcoming home brings in families, friends, and lovers closer than ever after a few nights stay. 

Best House Features:

  • Big private pool area perfect for water fun
  • Board and card games, alfresco dining setup
  • Less than a 30 second walk to the beach

Why Families Love Making Memories Here: From pool parties to family game nights, every moment here becomes a treasured memory.

What Our Guests Say: 

“The location was perfect. All the restaurants and places of activities are near by. The neighborhood is safe to run my daily routine.”

“The house had a great location, as well as easy beach access! We loved the area, and the parades that took place on the fourth! The house itself was perfect for the amount of people we had, the kids loved the bunk room!”

👉 Book on VRBO | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

The Coastal Cottage

Sleeps 12 guests with 3 bedrooms and 6 beds

Perfect for romantic trips, The Coastal Cottage feels like your own little beach hideaway where you can relax and forget about everything else. This cozy place has everything you need for a perfect beach vacation. You can drink your morning coffee outside to start your best trip yet.

Best House Features:

  • Your own inflatable pool by the private backyard
  • Indoor fireplace, outdoor grill for cooking, and patio for alfresco dining
  • Really close to beach acess and good restaurants

Why You’ll Love About The Coastal Cottage: This place is perfect for couples or small families who want a quiet, romantic spot that still has everything they need.

What Our Guests Say: 

“Steps away from the beach, the place was super clean and had everything we needed. My family enjoyed our stay and if ever we make another trip to PCB, this will deff be a house we would book again.”

“My friends and I enjoyed our whole stay and had so much fun! Super short walk to the beach access and easy to find! We absolutely love this place and would book again!”

👉 Book on VRBO | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

Chic Shack

Sleeps 18 guests with 6 bedrooms and 10 beds

Chic Shack is where the cool beach and families who love style combine. This trendy place looks amazing and has all the modern stuff you could want. Everything flows perfectly from inside to outside, making it perfect for couples who want both style and relaxation.

Best House Features:

  • Beautiful private pool with a pool pergola
  • Fancy kitchen with modern appliances and outdoor BBQ grill
  • Easy walk to beach access, trendy restaurants, and nightlife

Why You’ll Love About Chic Shack: Every part of this home looks amazing and creates perfect moments, whether you’re swimming at sunrise or having dinner under the stars.

👀We also have another home nearby this one, check out Enclave at Lyndell Lane!

What Our Guests Say: 

“Everything was perfect, check in was smooth, photos matched the description and the hosts were super friendly with quick responses! Also I had my 7 month old with me & the Airbnb had amenities for me to use for my baby which was really helpful during my stay of keeping my baby calm and happy. Would stay here again!”

“It’s a great place to stay! I would recommend it as it is not far from the beach, restaurants, and shopping. It’s also a great sapce for a larger group!”

👉 Book on VRBO | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

Sanctuary on Sands

Sleeps 14 guests with 4 bedrooms and 8 beds

Treat yourself to luxury at Sanctuary on Sands. Perfect for fancy beach getaways, every detail of this home makes your beach vacation feel extra special. This fancy place feels sophisticated from the moment you walk in. You’ll feel like you’re staying at your own private resort.

Best House Features:

  • Resort-style private pool and outdoor patio for dining alfresco
  • Beach chairs, carts, and backyard amenities
  • 400 yards to the Gulf Coast access

Why You’ll Love This Place: Everything here is designed to be better than you expected, making every moment feel special and memorable.

What Our Guests Say: 

“The house was beautiful, clean, and very comfortable. Great location right by the beach on a quiet street. We’ve stayed in PCB nearly every year for the last 15 years and this has been our favorite location thus far. There was a few hiccups with the AC but the host was incredibly responsive and had an AC tech out immediately! My family was very happy with our stay, I don’t doubt we will rent again in the future!”

“We definitely enjoyed this!! It was actually way better in person & plenty of room for everyone! The walk to the beach was also short & close!”

👉 Book on VRBO | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

Wanderlust

Sleeps 12 guests with 4 bedrooms and 9 beds

Feed your love for adventure at Wanderlust. Great for families who love adventures, every day here brings new chances to explore Panama City Beach’s natural beauty. This fun home is the perfect base for the energy that makes everyone want to try something new.

Best House Features:

  • Cool private pool perfect for relaxing after adventures
  • 2 adult bicycles available for use
  • Few minutes walk to public beach access 

Why Adventure Families Love This Place: The location puts you right in the middle of Panama City Beach’s most exciting activities while giving you a comfortable place to rest.

What Our Guests Say:

“The house was exactly as pictured and had everything we needed. We loved the large pool and it was very clean. The beach is just a short walk from the house. Thank you for hosting us!”

“We really enjoyed staying here. The house itself is gorgeous with a great layout, especially for extended families or 2 families. There are 2 masters with ensuites, and 2 other bedrooms with a variety of beds. 4 full baths is a huge bonus in a big house. The kitchen was equipped extremely well with lots of utensils, pots, pans etc. You could easily cook whatever you wanted here. Plenty of plates, cups, glasses, and silverware too. The pool is enormous in comparison to other vacation homes. I have stayed in hotels with smaller pools. We also enjoyed the extra touches- pool toys, beach toys, carts to roll everything to the beach, starter kits of basic bathroom needs, and even plenty of dishwasher and laundry pods. Overall, a great experience and would definitely recommend this location and this company”

👉 Book on VRBO | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

G By The Sea

Sleeps 12 guests with 3 bedrooms and 7 beds

Let ocean waves be your background music at G By The Sea. This beach home captures the feel of seaside living with every room with natural light and ocean breezes. It also offers direct access to some of Panama City Beach’s most beautiful shoreline. 

Best House Features:

  • Private pool and a fire pit to gather around
  • 2 adult bikes available to use for free
  • Direct beach access just 7 minutes away

Why Ocean Lovers Pick This Place: Having both a private pool and immediate beach access means you get the best of both worlds without ever leaving your vacation paradise.

What Our Guests Say: 

“5 out of 5 stars Our trip was wonderful! The house was very clean, comfortable, and looked exactly like the pictures. It had everything we needed, so we didn’t have to reach out for anything during our stay. Beach access was close and easy. If we’re ever back in the area, we would definitely stay again!”

“Great place and a very good host. We had a very peaceful time. Easy access to the beach. Would highly recommend staying here.”

👉 Book on VRBO | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

Montoute

Sleeps 12 guests with 5 bedrooms and 7 beds

A distinguished home that offers an elevated beach experience with premium amenities and tasteful décor throughout. Experience refined coastal elegance at Montoute. Every furniture and amenity has been chosen to create the atmosphere of luxury and timeless style.

Best House Features:

  • Elegant private pool with multiple sun loungers 
  • Gourmet kitchen and dining spaces by the balconiy and patio
  • Beach access is just a 3-minute walk from the home

Why Discerning Guests Pick This Place: The refined atmosphere and attention to detail in this home makes it perfect for classy beach living. 

What Our Guests Say:

“Beautiful home and just as described. The backyard / pool area was perfect. Home is very close to the beach. Short walk and easy to do with kids. The home was fully stocked with everything you need to cook with. We will definitely be back!”

“Beautiful home in a quiet but great location. The neighbors were friendly. The home was as described and seemed to be fairly new. The beach is a short walk across the street.”

👉 Book on VRBO | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

Southfields Duplex

Sleeps 15 guests with 6 bedrooms and 11 beds.

Bring everyone together at Southfields Duplex, a spacious two-unit beach retreat designed for group getaways. With plenty of room to relax, gather, and enjoy time outdoors, this home makes it easy for everyone to have their own space while still staying connected.

Best House Features:

  • Large private pool with outdoor kitchen and bar
  • Multiple spaces for dining and relaxing together
  • Just a five-minute walk to the beach, shops, and local restaurants

Why Luxury Groups Pick This Place: The duplex layout offers the perfect balance of privacy and togetherness, making Southfields Duplex an ideal choice for family reunions, celebrations, and memorable Panama City Beach escapes.

What Our Guests Say: 

“We absolutely loved staying here! The house was spotless, cozy, and had everything we needed for a comfortable trip. It felt just like home. The host was incredibly kind and always quick to respond to any questions. The neighborhood was quiet and convenient, making it the perfect place to relax. We would happily come back and definitely recommend this Airbnb to anyone. Thank you for such a great experience!”

👉 Book on VRBO | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

Experience the Best of Panama City Beach

Panama City Beach offers more than just beautiful shores. It’s a place where every type of traveler finds their perfect rhythm. Whether you want family fun at places like state parks and pier sunsets, or prefer quiet moments watching dolphins play in the water, your VRBO home becomes the center of your vacation story.

Make the Most of Your Beach Days

Start mornings with coffee by your private pool, then head to the famous white sand beaches that make Panama City Beach special. Spend afternoons exploring local favorites like Shell Island or trying water sports like parasailing and jet skiing. When evening comes, your private pool becomes the perfect spot for sunset drinks and family time.

Discover Local Food and Hidden Gems

Panama City Beach’s restaurant scene goes from casual beachside grills to fancy seafood restaurants. Many of our homes put you within walking distance of local favorites, while others offer full kitchens perfect for cooking fresh Gulf seafood. Don’t miss trying the local specialties like Gulf shrimp and fresh grouper.

Get the Best VRBO Rates

While busy season usually runs from June to August, we still have incredible availability for August and the upcoming fall months. This means you can enjoy all the summer fun with better availability and often better prices than the height of peak season. 

👀 Here’s the secret to saving money on your Panama City Beach vacation – book for August or fall instead of peak summer! Most people book June and July, which drives prices way up. But if you’re flexible with your dates, you can score these amazing VRBO homes at much better rates. Plus, you’ll have way more choices since fewer people are competing for the same properties.

Summer Still Has Space for You

Don’t let another summer go by without treating yourself to the ultimate beach vacation. Now is the perfect time to secure your slice of paradise. These VRBO Panama City Beach homes with private pools offer everything you need for an unforgettable getaway, from intimate couple retreats to spacious family adventures.

Your perfect beach house is waiting – all you need to do is pick your favorite and start counting down the days until your toes are in the sand and you’re floating in your own private pool. Each home offers its own unique charm and amenities, but they all share one thing in common: the power to transform your vacation from ordinary to extraordinary.

Ready to make this summer unforgettable? Book your dream VRBO home in Panama City Beach today with AvantStay!

The Best Time to Visit Destin

The coastal town that fishing enthusiasts call “The World’s Luckiest Fishing Village.” Where sugar-white sand beaches squeak under your feet, emerald green waters so clear you can see fish swimming below, and fishing boats returning with their daily catch as pelicans soar overhead. 

Welcome to Destin, Florida! Find yourself exploring Crab Island, The HarborWalk Village that comes alive at night with waterfront restaurants, live music, and families watching the sunset, and the beaches that stretch for miles with sand so white it looks like powdered sugar.

The Gulf Coast climate here means warm temperatures most of the year. But picking the right time makes all the difference. Summer months can feel hot and sticky with frequent afternoon storms. Winter offers mild, comfortable weather perfect for outdoor activities. Spring and fall bring ideal temperatures with varying crowd sizes.

Ready to discover the perfect time for your beach adventure? Let’s explore when to visit Destin and uncover what each season offers in this Gulf Coast paradise.

About Destin, FL

Destin sits along Florida’s Emerald Coast, where Choctawhatchee Bay meets the Gulf of Mexico. This former fishing village has grown into a premier beach destination while keeping its laid-back coastal charm. The area is famous for its championship golf courses, world-class deep-sea fishing, and some of the most beautiful beaches in America.

The subtropical climate means summers are long, hot, and oppressive; winters are cool and windy; and it is wet and partly cloudy year-round. Over the year, the temperature typically varies from 46°F to 88°F and is rarely below 32°F or above 92°F.

The wetter season lasts 2.9 months, from June 9 to September 6, with a greater than 40% chance of a given day being a wet day. The month with the most wet days in Destin is July, with an average of 17.5 days with at least 0.04 inches of precipitation. This means you can count on mostly sunny weather during fall, winter, and spring.

Destin Travel Seasons at a Glance

Here’s when beach lovers crowd the Emerald Coast and when you’ll have more space to enjoy the water.

Peak Times: June to August and March to May

Summer brings families on vacation and perfect beach weather, making it the busiest time. Spring break season also draws large crowds, especially in March and April. Hotels cost more, and beaches get packed.

Great Times: April to May and September to October

These shoulder months offer excellent weather with fewer people around. You’ll find better accommodation deals and shorter lines at popular attractions while still enjoying great beach conditions.

Quieter Times: November to February

Winter has the fewest visitors and the lowest hotel rates. While it’s too cool for swimming, the weather stays pleasant for other outdoor activities, and you’ll practically have the beaches to yourself.

Why Visit Destin?

This coastal town has much more than beautiful beaches to offer. You can take dolphin cruises where friendly dolphins swim right up to your boat. The fishing here is legendary – both deep-sea charters and bay fishing produce incredible catches. Crab Island becomes a floating party every weekend where hundreds of boats gather in shallow water.

The restaurant scene focuses heavily on fresh seafood. From casual beach shacks serving fried shrimp to upscale establishments with Gulf-to-table menus, every meal showcases the day’s catch. Different areas have distinct personalities. HarborWalk Village buzzes with nightlife and waterfront dining. The beaches feel peaceful and family-friendly.

Destin embraces water activities year-round. You can rent pontoon boats, try parasailing, go snorkeling, or just float in the calm Gulf waters. The town sits right on the water, so you’re never more than a few minutes from the beach.

The climate allows outdoor fun almost every day of the year. Even winter brings comfortable temperatures perfect for beach walks, golf, and exploring the many waterfront areas.

Your Month-by-Month Guide to Destin

  • Destin in January: Cool and breezy, very quiet, perfect for golf and peaceful beach walks
  • Destin in February: Mild weather, still few tourists, great for outdoor dining and fishing
  • Destin in March: Getting warmer, spring breakers arrive, wildflowers bloom in coastal areas
  • Destin in April: Beautiful weather, busy season begins, ideal for all activities
  • Destin in May: Warm and pleasant, festival season, excellent temperatures for everything
  • Destin in June: Summer heat begins, beach weather peaks, perfect for swimming
  • Destin in July: Hottest month, afternoon storms, peak tourist season
  • Destin in August: Still very hot, most rain, best water temperatures for activities
  • Destin in September: Heat continues, but crowds thin, and comfortable evenings return
  • Destin in October: Perfect fall weather, busy again, ideal for outdoor activities
  • Destin in November: Cool and dry, fewer tourists, excellent for walking and exploring
  • Destin in December: Mild winter, holiday events, pleasant temperatures all day

When Is the Best Time to Visit Destin?

The best time to visit Destin is April through May and October through November when temperatures stay comfortable between 65°F and 80°F. Based on tourism and weather scores, these are the best times of year to visit Destin for general outdoor tourist activities, with a peak score in the last week of April. You’ll get perfect beach weather, clear skies, and ideal conditions for fishing, boating, and exploring without extreme heat or large crowds.

These months provide the classic Destin experience – comfortable days, beautiful sunsets, and weather that makes every beach activity enjoyable.

Visiting in Spring (March to May)

Spring in Destin brings some of the year’s most enjoyable weather. The cool season lasts for 3.1 months, from December 4 to March 6, with an average daily high temperature below 66°F. As spring progresses, days warm into the 70s and 80s while nights stay comfortable in the 50s and 60s. The Gulf waters begin warming up, making swimming more pleasant.

This is excellent weather for fishing charters, dolphin watching, and spending long days on the beach. The pleasant temperatures make walking around HarborWalk Village and outdoor dining really enjoyable.

Destin Weather in Spring

  • March: 52°F (low) / 70°F (high) | Rain: 4.2 inches
  • April: 59°F (low) / 76°F (high) | Rain: 3.3 inches
  • May: 68°F (low) / 82°F (high) | Rain: 3.4 inches

Things to Do in Destin During Spring

Spring weather makes every outdoor activity shine. Fishing charters become really popular as the weather warms and fish become more active. The beaches feel perfect for long walks, beach games, and starting to enjoy swimming as water temperatures rise.

Boat rentals pick up as the weather improves, and outdoor restaurants with waterfront views become perfect for lunch and dinner.

Destin Events in Spring

  • Destin Fishing Rodeo (October, but spring prep events) – Major fishing tournament preparations
  • Spring Break Season (March-April) – College students and families flood the beaches
  • Easter Celebrations (March/April) – Family-friendly events at local venues
  • Crab Island Season Opening – Boats begin gathering at the famous sandbar
  • Deep Sea Fishing Tournaments (April-May) – Prime fishing competition season

Local Eats in Destin During Spring

Spring weather makes waterfront dining irresistible. Restaurants with outdoor seating and Gulf views become perfect spots for trying fresh seafood while enjoying comfortable temperatures. The pleasant weather makes it fun to explore different restaurants along the harbor and beachfront areas.

Destin Travel Tips During Spring

Spring attracts large crowds, especially during spring break season in March and April. Book accommodations and restaurants well in advance. Pack layers since mornings can be cool, but afternoons warm up quickly. This is the busy season, so expect higher prices and more people at beaches and popular spots.

Visiting in Summer (June to August)

Summer gets seriously hot with the hot season lasting for 4.1 months, from May 26 to September 30, with an average daily high temperature above 83°F. The hottest month of the year in Destin is July, with an average high of 88°F and a low of 77°F.

This is also the wettest time with the month with the most wet days in Destin being July, with an average of 17.5 days with at least 0.04 inches of precipitation. But if you love perfect beach weather and don’t mind afternoon thunderstorms, summer offers the warmest water temperatures and longest beach days.

Destin Weather in Summer

  • June: 74°F (low) / 86°F (high) | Rain: 5.1 inches
  • July: 77°F (low) / 88°F (high) | Rain: 5.7 inches
  • August: 77°F (low) / 88°F (high) | Rain: 5.6 inches

Things to Do in Destin During Summer

Summer is perfect for all water activities. The time of year with warmer water lasts for 3.9 months, from June 9 to October 5, with an average temperature above 80°F. The month of the year in Destin with the warmest water is August, with an average temperature of 85°F. Swimming, snorkeling, parasailing, and boat rentals are at their peak. Crab Island becomes a floating party destination with hundreds of boats anchored in the shallow water.

When afternoon storms roll in, many people head to indoor attractions like shopping at Destin Commons or trying indoor entertainment venues.

Destin Events in Summer

  • Fourth of July Fireworks (July) – Spectacular fireworks over the harbor
  • Summer Concert Series (June-August) – Live music at various waterfront venues
  • Fishing Tournaments (June-August) – Peak season for deep-sea fishing competitions
  • Crab Island Peak Season – Daily floating parties at the famous sandbar
  • Beach Festivals (July-August) – Various music and food festivals on the beach

Local Eats in Destin During Summer

Summer dining focuses on cold drinks, fresh ceviche, and seafood dishes perfect for hot weather. Many restaurants offer special summer hours with later seating when temperatures cool down. Frozen cocktails and cold soups become popular menu items.

Destin Travel Tips During Summer

Book accommodations with excellent air conditioning and pools. Plan beach time for early morning and late afternoon when it’s cooler. Bring umbrellas for afternoon storms that usually pass quickly. Summer is peak season, so expect the highest prices and largest crowds.

Visiting in Fall (September to November)

Fall brings relief from summer heat and humidity while maintaining great beach weather. September still feels quite warm, but October and November offer some of the year’s most comfortable conditions. Days stay warm and pleasant while nights become cool and perfect for outdoor dining.

Tourist crowds decrease after Labor Day, so you’ll find better deals and less crowded beaches while still enjoying excellent weather.

Destin Weather in Fall

  • September: 73°F (low) / 85°F (high) | Rain: 5.3 inches
  • October: 63°F (low) / 80°F (high) | Rain: 2.8 inches
  • November: 53°F (low) / 72°F (high) | Rain: 2.1 inches

Things to Do in Destin During Fall

Fall weather brings back comfortable conditions for all outdoor activities. Fishing becomes excellent as the waters cool and the fish become more active. Beach visits feel perfect without summer’s intense heat and humidity.

This is ideal weather for boat tours, exploring nature areas, and enjoying the many outdoor restaurants and bars that make Destin special.

Destin Events in Fall

  • Destin Fishing Rodeo (October) – Month-long fishing tournament and festival
  • Seafood Festival (October) – Celebrating Gulf Coast seafood and local restaurants
  • Fall Fishing Tournaments (September-November) – Peak fishing competition season
  • Baytowne Wharf Events (September-October) – Various festivals and live music
  • Holiday Light Setup (November) – Preparation for winter holiday displays

Local Eats in Destin During Fall

Fall weather makes waterfront dining comfortable again. Restaurant patios and outdoor seating areas become perfect for enjoying fresh seafood while watching boats in the harbor. The pleasant temperatures make it enjoyable to explore different neighborhoods and their dining scenes.

Destin Travel Tips During Fall

Fall offers excellent weather with moderate crowds, especially in October and November. September can still feel quite warm and humid, so early fall requires summer planning. Pack light layers since days are warm but evenings can be cool.

Visiting in Winter (December to February)

Winter brings cool and windy conditions, with the coldest month being January, with an average low of 46°F and high of 61°F. While too cool for swimming, winter offers some of the most peaceful times to visit Destin. The drier season lasts 9.1 months, from September 6 to June 9. The month with the fewest wet days in Destin is October, with an average of 6.6 days with at least 0.04 inches of precipitation.

This is the quietest tourist season with the lowest accommodation prices and practically empty beaches, perfect for long walks and shell collecting.

Destin Weather in Winter

  • December: 48°F (low) / 65°F (high) | Rain: 3.0 inches
  • January: 46°F (low) / 61°F (high) | Rain: 3.8 inches
  • February: 49°F (low) / 66°F (high) | Rain: 3.4 inches

Things to Do in Destin During Winter

Winter weather is perfect for activities that don’t require swimming. Golf courses offer ideal playing conditions, beach walks become peaceful and refreshing, and fishing remains excellent. Many restaurants have heated outdoor areas for comfortable dining.

This is perfect weather for exploring the area without crowds, taking nature walks, and enjoying the many non-beach attractions Destin offers.

Destin Events in Winter

  • Holiday Light Displays (December-January) – Beautiful decorations throughout the area
  • New Year’s Celebrations (December) – Waterfront parties and fireworks
  • Winter Fishing (December-February) – Excellent offshore and bay fishing
  • Restaurant Week (January) – Special menus and deals at local restaurants
  • Winter Bird Watching (December-February) – Great time to see migratory birds

Local Eats in Destin During Winter

Winter weather makes cozy indoor dining appealing, but many restaurants still offer heated outdoor seating for enjoying Gulf views. The comfortable temperatures make it pleasant to walk around and explore different dining options without summer heat or crowds.

Destin Travel Tips During Winter

Winter offers the best deals on accommodations and the fewest crowds. While swimming isn’t comfortable, all other activities remain enjoyable. Pack layers since days can be mild, but evenings and early mornings get cool. This is perfect for visitors who want to experience Destin without the summer rush.

Best Time of the Year to Visit Destin (By Interest)

Here’s when to visit based on what matters most to you:

For Fewer Crowds: November to February and Weekdays Year-Round

Best Time to Visit Destin for Fewer People

Winter months have the fewest tourists due to cooler weather. Visiting Tuesday through Thursday, any time of year, means less crowded beaches and restaurants, plus shorter waits at popular attractions.

For Perfect Weather: April to May and October to November

Best Time to Visit Destin for Ideal Temperatures

These months offer the best combination of comfortable temperatures, clear skies, and minimal rainfall. Perfect for every outdoor activity Destin offers without extreme heat or cold.

For Beach Activities: May to September

Best Time to Visit Destin for Swimming and Beach Fun

The warmest months with the best water temperatures for swimming, snorkeling, and water sports. Gulf water reaches its peak temperature in August at an average of 85°F.

For Fishing: March to May and September to November

Best Time to Visit Destin for Deep-Sea and Bay Fishing

Cooler months bring more active fish and comfortable conditions for spending long days on the water. Spring and fall offer the best fishing with pleasant boat weather.

For Water Sports: June to September

Best Time to Visit Destin for Boating and Water Activities

Peak season for parasailing, jet skiing, boat rentals, and Crab Island visits when water temperatures are warmest and conditions are most favorable for water activities.

For Cheaper Prices: November to February and January to March

Best Time to Visit Destin on a Budget

Off-season months offer the best deals on accommodations, restaurants, and activities. You’ll still enjoy pleasant weather for non-beach activities while saving money.

For Events and Festivals: April to May and October

Best Time to Visit Destin for Special Events

Spring and fall bring the biggest events like fishing tournaments, seafood festivals, and outdoor concerts that take advantage of perfect weather conditions.

Where to Stay in Destin

Discover incredible vacation homes that capture Destin’s beachy Emerald Coast vibe. These properties offer stunning Gulf views, beach access, and all the amenities you need for the perfect coastal getaway. Here are some amazing Destin vacation homes you can book with AvantStay:

  • Seacrest – A bright duplex just two blocks from Destin’s famous white sand beaches.
  • Sunset Mirage – Perfectly positioned to capture the spectacular Gulf Coast sunsets.
  • Promenade – Best for exploring Destin’s waterfront boardwalks and harbor activities.

Create Your Destin Itinerary

Ready to plan your Emerald Coast adventure? Let our team help you set up everything for your Destin escape! We can arrange fishing charters, dolphin cruises, boat rentals, restaurant reservations, and unique local experiences that show you the real Gulf Coast lifestyle.

Just contact us or download the AvantStay App to book extra activities, get recommendations from locals, and manage your entire trip through one simple app.

Want more ideas for beach fun? Check out our guide to the best things to do in Destin. 

Plan Your Destin Adventure

No matter when you visit, Destin’s pristine white sand beaches, emerald green waters, world-class fishing, and laid-back coastal charm will create memories that last forever. The town offers the perfect mix of beach relaxation and water adventure. Every visit brings new discoveries and authentic Gulf Coast experiences.

Your perfect Destin vacation home is waiting for you. Book with AvantStay today and discover how amazing beach getaways can be when you experience Destin’s legendary beaches, fishing, and Emerald Coast beauty.

FAQs

Is Destin expensive to visit?

Destin can be costly during peak season from June through August and spring break months when hotels charge premium rates because of perfect beach weather and high demand from families on vacation. However, you can save considerable money during the winter months when you’ll find great accommodation deals, restaurant specials, and fewer crowds, while still enjoying pleasant weather for golf, fishing, and exploring the area.

How crowded does Destin get?

Peak season brings heavy crowds, especially during summer months and spring break, when beaches, popular restaurants, and Crab Island get packed with visitors. For a more relaxed experience, visit during the fall or winter months, or explore during weekdays when there are fewer tourists and shorter waits at attractions and restaurants.

When to avoid Destin?

Summer months from June to August bring intense heat, humidity, and frequent afternoon thunderstorms that can make beach activities uncomfortable during midday hours. However, this is actually perfect weather for swimming and water sports when Gulf water temperatures peak. Spring break season in March and April sees the highest prices and biggest crowds because of perfect weather. Still, Destin’s year-round mild climate and focus on water activities make it a great destination any time if you plan for the season and know what to expect.

30A Florida Airbnbs That Everyone’s Talking About (And Why!)

Sunshine and good times are calling! 30a Florida’s Emerald Coast has quietly become one of the most buzzed-about vacation spots in the country and it’s easy to see why.

What has gone from a hidden gem to the place everyone’s raving about, and honestly, what’s not to love? 

Powdery white sand that squeaks under your toes, water so aquagreen that it looks like a movie, and the cutest little beach towns strung along scenic 30A. All in for chill vibes and Southern charm for a vacation that feels like pure bliss.

And the secret to an unforgettable stay starts with the perfect Airbnb. We’ve rounded up 15 30A Florida Airbnbs that are turning heads for all the right reasons. 

  • Free Wheelin – Best for easygoing family getaways in Seacrest Beach
  • Emerald Paradise – Best for rooftop hangs and beach days
  • Jessa Blu – Best for laid-back beach vacations with the whole crew
  • Sandy Smiles – Best for multi-generational getaways in Seagrove
  • Totally Beachin – Best for big group vacations with room to spread out
  • Teal Dreams – Best for beachy family vacations near Gulf Place
  • Juan Fine Day – Best for big group getaways with a splash of luxury
  • 30A Grayt’n Greatful – Best for old-Florida vibes with modern amenities
  • 30A Fade Away – Best for peaceful family getaways near the beach
  • 30A Ciel Bleu – Best for peaceful coastal getaways near Alys and Rosemary Beach
  • Bluewater Bliss – Best for a family escape in Blue Mountain Beach
  • Ocean Oasis – Best for classic and simple cottage vibes
  • Amour La Mer – Best for entertaining from Seacrest’s Lagoon Pool
  • 30A Shady Palms – Best for spacious group getaways with a private pool
  • Coconut Cove – Best for outside lounging with a tree-filled backdrop

Check out these homes and the best things to do in Emerald Coast; your next vacation might just start here!

Free Wheelin

Best for easygoing family getaways in Seacrest Beach

Bed & Bath: 5 beds, 3 bathrooms

Guest Count: 8 guests

Coast into vacation mode at Free Wheelin, a welcoming three-bedroom retreat in Seacrest Beach. Its single-level layout, spacious living area, and two king suites make it easy for families to settle in, spend time together, and enjoy the relaxed rhythm of 30A.

Top Highlights:

  • Access to Seacrest’s 12,000-square-foot community pool and private community beach
  • Two bicycles, a fully stocked kitchen, and a propane grill
  • Single-level living with two king suites and a family-friendly bunk room

Why You’ll Love Free Wheelin:

From morning bike rides to afternoons by the pool, this home keeps family beach days simple. Gather for a home-cooked meal, unwind in the comfortable living room, or explore nearby Alys Beach and Rosemary Beach.

Hear From Our Recent Guests:

“Great location! Very clean and having the Charlie and bikes was definitely a plus! Definitely would recommend!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deals)

Emerald Paradise

Best for rooftop hangs and beach days

Bed & Bath: 6 beds, 4 bathrooms

Guest Count: 10 guests

After mornings at the beach, wind down on the back porch with a cold drink and soak in the quiet vibes of Emerald Paradise. With quick access to local eats and scenic nature spots, your 30a escape starts here.

Top Highlights:

  • Community pool access, 4 complimentary bikes available for use
  • Fully equipped kitchen, BBQ grill, washer, and dryer, indoor board games, 
  • Just 2 blocks away from Blue Mountain Beach, walkable to tacos, ice cream, and yoga

Why You’ll Love Emerald Paradise:

The rooftop terrace is the crown jewel of this home, which makes it ideal for sunset happy hours, morning yoga, or simply lounging under the stars. We also have other houses nearby that you may want to check out: Our 30A Sandcastle, Hello 30A!, 30A Kinda Day.

Hear From Our Recent Guests:

“We loved our stay at the condo on Santa Rosa Beach! The location was perfect, just a short walk to the beach, an ice cream shop, a bakery, and great local restaurants. The space was ideal for our family of 9, with plenty of room for everyone to relax comfortably. Would definitely stay here again!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deals)

Jessa Blu

Best for laid-back beach vacations with the whole crew

Bed & Bath: 7 beds, 3 bathrooms

Guest Count: 10 guests

Set inside the private Village of Blue Mountain Beach, Jessa Blu is your go-to for easygoing days and family-filled nights. This breezy beach house has the perfect space to unwind, cook together, and soak up the sun. You’re also just steps away from the fun and the sand, or ice cream and tacos!

Top Highlights:

  • Olympic-sized pool,  2 complimentary bikes available for use 
  • BBQ grill, outdoor shower, full kitchen, washer, and dryer
  • Nearby Blue Mountain Regional Beach Access

Why You’ll Love Jessa Blu:

There is a balcony overlooking the pool, which hits the right spot for morning coffee. From backyard cornhole matches to sunset strolls, this home nails that slow, simple, 30a Florida lifestyle.

Hear From Our Recent Guests:

“We love Jessa Blu! Very well appointed with comfy couches and beds. The upstairs hang out room was nice to have so everyone could watch their shows and just relax. Being so close to the coffee shop and Mimmos was an added bonus!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deals)

Sandy Smiles

Best for multi-generational getaways in Seagrove

Bed & Bath: 4 beds, 3 bathrooms

Guest Count: 8 guests

Laid-back and light-filled, Sandy Smiles makes beach life easy for the whole family. Set in the heart of Seagrove, this two-story retreat has space to have slow mornings or winding down after a day in the sun, and a big area for home-cooked meals

Top Highlights:

  • Beach access and grove access, community pool, 4 complimentary bikes available
  • BBQ grill, outdoor dining area, outdoor shower, fully equipped kitchen with wine fridge
  • 4-min walk to One Seagrove Public Beach & 3-min drive to Bramble Grove

Why You’ll Love Sandy Smiles:

The open-concept layout makes it easy to cook, eat, and relax together, while still giving everyone their own space to recharge. You’ll be just a short walk from two beach access points and minutes from local favorites.

Hear From Our Recent Guests:

“We really enjoyed our stay at the beach house! The location was excellent, and we enjoyed easy beach access, the nearby pool and several restaurants within a few minutes walk. The home itself was also lovely with plenty of room to spread out. Thank you!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deals)

Totally Beachin

Best for big group vacations with room to spread out

Bed & Bath: 13 beds, 5 bathrooms

Guest Count: 18 guests

With enough space and porches to pick a new hangout spot every hour, Totally Beachin is your coastal gem made for epic beach getaways. Located between Alys and Rosemary Beach, your crew will have all it needs to truly unwind and just be totally at ease.

Top Highlights:

  • Amenity access to Seacrest Beach with private beach access, 4 bikes free for use
  • Large deck, porches, and patios, outdoor grills, two full kitchens, washer and dryer
  • 12,000 sq ft lagoon-style pool, minutes to Rosemary Beach and local shops/cafes

Why You’ll Love Totally Beachin:

It’s like two beach homes in one, perfect for large groups or multiple families. Everyone gets their own slice of comfort while never feeling cramped here. Plus, there is a lot of outdoor seating for everyone to gather!

Hear From Our Recent Guests:

“Our group had an incredible stay in Rosemary Beach! The house was gorgeous, comfortable, and spacious. We were more than equipped with everything we needed. Plus the beds were super comfy! Even with our large group, we had plenty of common area to enjoy. Everything was fantastic, we can’t recommend this place enough! Thank you so much for everything!!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deals)

Teal Dreams

Best for beachy family vacations near Gulf Place

Bed & Bath: 6 beds, 3 bathrooms

Guest Count: 8 guests

With its cozy charm and breezy outdoor living spaces, Teal Dreams is your beach home that makes slowing down feel easy. Just three blocks to the beach, this Craftsman-style gem is tucked into the laid-back neighborhood of Cottages at Santa Rosa Beach.

Top Highlights:

  • 6-seater golf cart and 2 bikes are available to use for free, a dedicated workspace area
  • Front porch swing, fully equipped kitchen, back patio with BBQ grill and seating
  • 2-min drive to Ed Walline Beach Access, 5-min drive to Dune Allen Beach

Why You’ll Love Teal Dreams:

Whether you’re grabbing coffee in Gulf Place or riding the golf cart to Shunk Gulley for sunset oysters, this home is all about location and livability. Everything about this house is designed for effortless family fun and makes it your perfect home base for exploring 30A.

Hear From Our Recent Guests:

“This was a spring trip for my 16yr old daughter and her friends. Loved the location, walking distance to the beach. Host was very responsive and provided detailed information. Communication their app was good. Extended the day for 1 extra day without any issues. Would recommend”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deals)

Juan Fine Day

Best for big group getaways with a splash of luxury

Bed & Bath: 9 beds, 5 bathrooms

Guest Count: 18 guests

With a name as fun as the vibe inside, Juan Fine Day is a luxury retreat designed for making memories. This spacious Seagrove Beach home is just north of 30A and comes loaded with everything you need for a stylish, comfortable group and pet-friendly getaway.

Top Highlights:

  • Private pool with sun loungers, fire pit, 4 adult bikes, golf cart included
  • Pet-friendly, balcony and porch with outdoor seating, laundry room, shuffleboard table
  • Walking distance to beach access such as San Juan and Santa Clara

Why You’ll Love Juan Fine Day:

With serious group-travel perks (including your pups!), there’s tons of hangout space indoors and out. You can cook together, lounge by the pool, bike to Seaside, or walk to some of the best restaurants in Seagrove’s Pelayo and Barcelona streets.

💡 Traveling with a larger group? You’re in luck! We have another home just down the street called 30A Good Times, perfect for additional friends or family who want to stay close by!

Hear From Our Recent Guests:

“We had a couple issues with the door code and the pool not being heated. But they took care of those issues quickly. They were very responsive and great to work with. We loved the space and location and are trying to book it again for next year. Plenty of room for bigger groups.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deals)

30A Grayt’n Greatful

Best for old-Florida vibes with modern amenities

Bed & Bath: 6 beds, 3 bathrooms

Guest Count: 8 guests

Welcome to 30A Grayt’n Greatful, where time slows down and beach life feels exactly how it should—relaxed, sunny, and full of charm. Tucked into the heart of historic Grayton Beach, this beautifully designed home blends with the Old Florida soul for a simple, nostalgic nod to the beach.

Top Highlights:

  • Carriage studio house, 2 adult bikes included, pet friendly with a fee
  • Porch with a bed swing, BBQ grill, fully equipped kitchen, washer and dryer
  • 4-min walk to Grayton Dunes beach access and 3-min walk to the iconic Red Bar

Why You’ll Love 30A Grayt’n Greatful:

Built by a descendant of Grayton Beach’s founding family, this home oozes local history and thoughtful detail. The beach is also just a short stroll away, where you’ll find unspoiled dunes, winding trails, and one of the most serene beach experiences along 30A.

Hear From Our Recent Guests:

“We loved the house. Perfect location. It had everything that you would need. Te really enjoyed the front porch and the yard. The beds were very comfortable”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deals)

30A Fade Away

Best for peaceful family getaways near the beach

Bed & Bath: 6 beds, 2 bathrooms

Guest Count: 8 guests

Slow things down at 30A Fade Away, a three-bedroom retreat tucked along a quiet, tree-lined lane. Start the morning on the wraparound porch, spend the day exploring Santa Rosa Beach, then come home for a relaxed dinner or a swim in the nearby community pool.

Top Highlights:

  • Wraparound porch with rocking chairs and a porch swing
  • Nearby community pool and peaceful yard
  • Fully equipped kitchen, BBQ grill, and washer/dryer
  • Minutes from the beach and Eastern Lake

Why You’ll Love 30A Fade Away:

Its open living space and family-friendly bunk room make it easy to spend time together, while the porch gives everyone a place to unwind.

Hear From Our Recent Guests:

“The house was better than the pictures! We lived out stay. The pool was just a few houses down and we were able to park at the public access to set up for the day. We have teens that were able to walk back and forth to the beach easily from the house. Bike are also a great option. Would definitely stay here again!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deals)

30A Ciel Bleu

Best peaceful hideaway between lake life & gulf breezes

Bed & Bath: 3 beds, 3.5 bathrooms

Guest Count: 8 guests

Find your own peaceful corner of 30A at 30A Ciel Bleu, a soft-blue coastal retreat in Seacrest Beach. Set near the charming communities of Alys Beach and Rosemary Beach, this bright and welcoming home makes it easy to enjoy quiet mornings, breezy beach days, and relaxed evenings together.

Inside, the open living and dining spaces are designed for connection, with a fully stocked kitchen, comfortable seating, and room for everyone to settle in. Each bedroom includes its own ensuite bathroom, giving families and friends plenty of privacy throughout their stay.

Top Highlights:

  • Three ensuite bedrooms, including two king suites
  • Southern-style porches and balcony spaces for outdoor dining and relaxing
  • Near Alys Beach, Rosemary Beach, 30Avenue, and area beach access
  • BBQ grill, fully stocked kitchen, and in-home washer and dryer
  • Seacrest Beach amenity access available with registration

Why You’ll Love 30A Ciel Bleu:

With its easygoing coastal style and convenient east-end location, 30A Ciel Bleu is a comfortable home base for exploring the best of 30A. Spend the day at the beach, bike to nearby shops and cafés, then return for a quiet evening in your own slice of blue-sky serenity.

Hear From Our Recent Guests:

“The house was amazing, very clean. Location was close to shopping, pool, and dinning. The beach was within walking distance. We will definitely return!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deals)

Bluewater Bliss

Best for a family escape in Blue Mountain Beach

Bed & Bath: 5 beds, 4 bathrooms

Guest Count: 10 guests

Imagine arriving at Bluewater Bliss just as the golden hour lights up the coastal sky, the scent of salt air mixing with the aroma of freshly grilled seafood wafting from the backyard porch. Tucked into the serene landscape of Blue Mountain Beach, this retreat immediately feels like home.

Top Highlights:

  • 6-seater golf cart and 4 adult bikes included
  • Living rooms, arcade machine, porch, balcony with outdoor seating and dining, BBQ grill
  • Just 5-min drive to Blue Mountain Beach Access and Spooky Lane Public Beach Access

Why You’ll Love Bluewater Bliss:

This home hits the sweet spot between comfort, convenience, and fun for all ages. You can start your morning with a coffee and cinnamon roll from nearby Blue Mountain Bakery, bike to the beach, then cruise over to Blue Mountain Creamery for a scoop (or two). 

You can also book Seeley by the Sea, another AvantStay home, just down the street, if you’re escaping with other families!

Hear From Our Recent Guests:

“Beautiful home! It is very spacious and has many amenities. It was kid friendly with bunk beds and an arcade machine. We brought the grand parents with us so the double master suites were a huge plus. The balconies and the back porch were quiet and peaceful. The location is fantastic as you are a short walk from coffee and ice cream shops. The host was also quick to respond to messages and very helpful.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deals)

Ocean Oasis

Best for classic and simple cottage vibes

Bed & Bath: 2 beds, 2 bathrooms

Guest Count: 6 guests

Just one block from the sugar-white sands of 30a, Ocean Oasis has the cozy cottage charm with unbeatable beach access. This inviting two-bedroom home offers everything you need to relax and recharge. 

Top Highlights:

  • Just a few minutes walk to Laguna Beach and Bay County Public Beach Access
  • Private backyard with fire pit and BBQ gas grill, pet-friendly with 3 parking spots
  • Nearby Gulf and Lake Powell, the SkyWheel at Pier Park

Why You’ll Love Ocean Oasis:

This laid-back escape lets you pack your days with adventure or keep it simple and serene. From a shady resting area to a space for evening relaxation, you have everything you need for a stress-free stay on 30A.

Hear From Our Recent Guests:

“The home is just like the pictures. We travel with our dog and the fenced in back yard was perfect for her and us. Comfortable beds and furniture. In a nice location that is peaceful and quiet. It’s a short walk to the beach. We requested early check in the day of check in because we were traveling from WV and were arriving earlier then expected. Check out was at 10 but day of check out we requested late check out and it was approved for free until 1. We travel a few times a year and this had been the most accommodating home we’ve ever stayed in. It was the first time we ever requested early or late check out. And it was nice to be able to do it all from the App. I would definitely stay here again. We actually came across it when the home we had rented was suddenly canceled because it was pulled off renting. It was a pleasant surprise to find such a nice home a little bit later and closer to our trip. Highly recommend this home!!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deals)

Amour La Mer

Best for entertaining from Seacrest’s Lagoon Pool

Bed & Bath: 9 beds, 4 bathrooms

Guest Count: 14 guests

Wake up to sea breezes and gather on breezy porches that wrap around nearly every room. Set in the heart of Seacrest Beach, Amour La Mer is your grand Florida Cottage, perfect for large families or friend groups looking to savor every moment along scenic 30A.

Top Highlights:

  • Amenity access to community pool, tram, and private beach, 4 LDV bikes
  • Porches on every floor, wet bar with wine fridge and ice maker
  • Nearby Seacrest Beach, Alys Beach, and Rosemary Beach

Why You’ll Love Amour La Mer:

This home is built for gathering. Cook a big family dinner with the wet bar and wine fridge close at hand, then spread out across the wraparound porches as the evening cools. When you’re ready for the water, the community pool, private beach access, and four LDV bikes make it easy to spend the whole day out along 30A.

Hear From Our Recent Guests:

“We absolutely loved staying at this place. Will definitely be going back. The community and surrounding area was so fun. The house was very spacious.”

“Perfect spring break house!!!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deals)

30A Shady Palms

Best for coastal group getaways with a private pool

Bed & Bath: 10 beds, 4.5 bathrooms

Guest Count: 16 guests

Slow mornings, sunny swims, and easy beach days come together at 30A Shady Palms. Set in the heart of Seagrove Beach, this spacious six-bedroom retreat brings everyone together with single-level living, inviting gathering spaces, and a private backyard made for vacation mode.

Top Highlights:

  • Private pool, fenced backyard, sun loungers, and a covered porch
  • Fully stocked kitchen, outdoor grill, and two bicycles
  • Nearby San Juan Beach Access and local Seagrove dining

Why You’ll Love 30A Shady Palms:

There’s room for the whole crew without giving up that relaxed coastal feel. Spend the day between the beach and your private pool, then gather for a backyard cookout or family game night.

Hear From Our Recent Guests:

“This house was beautiful, big, comfortable, and our big group had a great experience overall. The kitchen was amazing and it allowed our big group to cook and spent time around the area very comfortably. all the beds were super comfortable and the couch as well. The golf cart and bikes helped a lot since there is no a lot of parking on the beach. The hosting company was also very communicative and answered questions right away. The check in process was very simple and straight forward.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deals)

Coconut Cove

Best for outside lounging with a tree-filled backdrop

Bed & Bath: 7 beds, 3 bathrooms

Guest Count: 12 guests

Let your worries drift away at Coconut Cove, where beach days are made easy. Located in the sought-after Prominence neighborhood on 30A, this coastal escape is designed to make every guest feel like a happy little coconut.

Top Highlights:

  • Trex deck with outdoor seating and loungers, private Jacuzzi tub, fire pit, & Saber grill
  • 2 bikes, community access to pools with cabanas, grills, and a fitness center
  • Beach access options to Deer Lake State Park, Walton Dunes, and Santa Clara

Why You’ll Love Coconut Cove:

Natural light, crisp white linens, and cheerful coastal décor fill this spacious home, making it perfect for families and friends to unwind peacefully and comfortably. You can also choose three nearby beach access points, so you’ll never run out of things to do. 

Hear From Our Recent Guests:

“Beautiful home and loved the locations will rent this home again”

“House and location are great. Our 2nd year on 30A and this house provides a spacious interior and great deck with lots of space and hot tub. Extra bikes in garage, beach chairs and toys were bonuses. Walk 2 minutes to the Big Chill- super family/dog friendly and quick walk to Large heated community pool. Easy bike ride or rent golf cart to go to several beaches.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deals)

🐚 Hidden Gems and Local Tips to Explore 30A, Florida

The Emerald Coast, or known as 30a Florida, is more than just pristine beaches and turquoise waters, but it’s a way of life. Whether you’re seeking family fun, foodie favorites, or romantic coastal hideaways, this 20-mile stretch of magic along Florida’s Gulf Coast offers something for every type of traveler. 

And with an incredible lineup of private vacation homes, you’re never far from the action or the serenity.

Wake Up to Adventure

Start your morning with a beach walk along Seagrove Beach, just minutes from Pura Vida, our home perfectly positioned for sunrise serenity. Want to sleep in? No problem. Homes like Southern Shores and Enclave at Lyndell Lane offer tranquil patios and cozy nooks for slow starts and coffee sipping.

Where to Eat Like a Local

Skip the chains and head straight to spots like Gypsea Crepes, Finn’s Island Style Grub, and The Big Chill 30A. Staying at Barefoot Paradise or 30A Good Vibes Only puts you within walking distance of some of the area’s most loved eats. And if you’re a grill-master at heart, many homes like Nacho Beach House or Driftwood Dreams come with outdoor BBQ areas to whip up your own seafood feast.

Fun Spots for the Whole Crew

For family adventures, head to Pier Park, Shipwreck Island Waterpark, or book a dolphin cruise out of St. Andrews Bay. Our homes, like Modern 30A, Matarangi, and 30A Serenity Sands make it easy to explore with large group accommodations and easy access to all the kid-friendly fun.

✨ Insider Tip: 

Booking your stay on 30a means more than just a place to sleep. It’s about finding a home that enhances your vacation. With our thoughtfully curated properties, you’ll enjoy designer interiors, outdoor living spaces, and proximity to the beach, all wrapped in the laid-back elegance 30A is known for.

Stay Somewhere Worth Staying In

If unwinding is your top priority, consider Salty Rose Inn or Emerald Gem. Two stays designed for chill vibes and peaceful settings. Whether you’re a sun-chaser, a foodie, or a bookworm on break, your dream coastal escape is waiting. Now all that’s left to do is pick your perfect home base. 

Act fast. These homes are booking up! Book these 30a homes today for your last-minute summer escape and lock in your dates before they’re gone. 

Check Availability for 30a Florida Airbnbs ⟶